Top Banner
MAGNETOM English Print No.: M1-010.891.01.09.02 Doc. Gen. Date: 07/04 Replaces: M1-010.891.01.08.02 © Siemens AG 2002 The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model _or_ design,_are_ reserved. MAGNETOM Harmony syngo MR MAGNETOM Symphony syngo MR MAGNETOM Sonata syngo MR MR Planning Guide
284

PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Oct 25, 2015

Download

Documents

dejanBG011

MRI Siemens Symphony 1.5T manual - planning guide
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MAGNETOM

English Print No.: M1-010.891.01.09.02 Doc. Gen. Date: 07/04Replaces: M1-010.891.01.08.02

© Siemens AG 2002The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model _or_ design,_are_ reserved.

MAGNETOM Harmony syngo MRMAGNETOM Symphony syngo MRMAGNETOM Sonata syngo MR

MR

Planning Guide

Page 2: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

0 - 2

Document revision levelThe document corresponds to the version/revision level effective at the time of system delivery. Revi-sions to hardcopy documentation are not automatically distributed.

Please contact your local Siemens office to order current revision levels.

DisclaimerThe installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified personnel who are employed by Siemens or one of its affiliates or who are otherwise authorized by Siemens or one of its affiliates to provide such services.

Assemblers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly affiliated with or autho-rized by Siemens or one of its affiliates are directed to contact one of the local offices of Siemens or one of its affiliates before attempting installation or service procedures.

Page 3: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Contents 0 - 3

Page

1 _______General _______________________________________________________ 1 - 1

Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

Main functions of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3Patient handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4

Project Manager Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5Service, installation and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5Installation information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5Project management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5Environment protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 5

Service provider Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 6The scope of service provided by Hegele and Uni-Data is as follows: . . . . . . . 1 - 6The following services are not covered by the lump-sum payment for assembly and are charged by the service provider directly to the subsidiaries / regions: . . . 1 - 7System Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 8Handbook numbers: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 9

Regulatory affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10Druckgeräteverordnung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10

2 _______Room planning ________________________________________________ 2 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1Information for using Digital and/or Laser cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

Effects of the magnetic field on peripheral devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2MAGNETOM Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3

Site requirements for the magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4Minimum distances between magnets (Siemens only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4

Source of interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6Dynamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7AC interferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10Static interferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14

Additional iron shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14Co-Siting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 15

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 15Magnet distances between magnets (Siemens used magnets only) . . . . . . . 2 - 15Co-siting prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 16Field decay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 17CCA distance for systems with the same operating frequency . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 18Magnet orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 19

Fringe field distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22MAGNETOM Harmony 1.0T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata 1.5T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 24

Building vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 26

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 12 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 4: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

0 - 4 Contents

Page

Sound emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 27Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 27Noise values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 28Sylomer/Sylodamp pad position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 29Sylomer/Sylodamp kit content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 29

Seismic anchoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 30Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 30Magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 30

Floor loading requirements for the magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 31Basic prerequisites and additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 31

Room configurations and sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 32Recommended room configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 34Information for using optical stimulation equipment fMRI. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 36Minimum technical room sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 37

Electronic cabinet and the RF filter plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 41Minimum finished room height of 2400 mm in the examination room. . . . . . . .2 - 42Minimum finished room height of 2200 mm in the equipment room . . . . . . . .2 - 43

3 ______ System components ____________________________________________3 - 1

Magnet dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1Cable connection / Quench pipe connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 590° elbow dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6Quench valve flange adapter (copper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8

Electronic cabinet (GPA /CCA cabinet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9Service areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10

RCA cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 11Connections on the RCA cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 12Temporary cold head compressor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 13Option: Split floor operation kit for the RCA cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 14APD Cold head (for all systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 15

Alarmbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 16Magnet Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 17RF filter plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 18Host and console components syngo MR (Num 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20

Siemens Color Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20Host PC MRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21Console components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 22Imager PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 23

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 5: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Contents 0 - 5

Page

4 _______On-site electrical installation _____________________________________ 4 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1Equipotential bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2

On-site power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3Power quality requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3Power consumption of the systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3General requirements to the on-site power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4

Requirements for the MRSC Host PC (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5On-site power supply switch board (Example; Not valid for U.S.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6Line power distribution panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8

Grounding points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9

On-site filter connection at the RF-filter plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10AG 1/2 wiring diagrams (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10

AG1 wiring diagram (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10AG1 / AG2 Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11AG2 wiring diagram (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12Power outlets inside the Examination room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13

System mains connection terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14Service line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14We recommend the following FI specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14Information regarding UPS Systems can be found in:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14

Potential free contact CCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15Contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15

Potential free contact RCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16Contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16

Room lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17Intensity of illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17Image screen workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17Reflections, glare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17Examination room Room lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18DC voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18AC voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18RF filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19Location of light sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19

Protective Conductor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 12 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 6: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

0 - 6 Contents

Page

5 ______ On-site water supply ____________________________________________5 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1Chilled water system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2Requirements for the on-site water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3

General requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3General primary water specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4Special requirements for the primary water supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5

MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony with Sprint or Ultra gradients . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5MAGNETOM Symphony with Quantum Gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5MAGNETOM Sonata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6

Closed chilled water system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7On site water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7RCA Blockdiagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8

6 ______ Air conditioning ________________________________________________6 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1Air currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

Climatic conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2Heat dissipation to air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2Temperature / Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3Temperature / Humidity scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4

7 ______ System connections ____________________________________________7 - 1

Free cable length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1Available cable sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1Information for using Digital and/or Laser cameras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3Cable set 2 as an example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4MRC Host PC and Imager PC environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5MRSC Host PC and Imager PC environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 6

Connectivity Concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 8Cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9

Bending radius for cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9Door switches at the RF-room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9Cable separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 10

Cable length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12Free length for water tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 13He pressurized hoses for the cold head and He-compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14APD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15Leybold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 7: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Contents 0 - 7

Page

8 _______RF-Room _____________________________________________________ 8 - 1

Prerequisites for establishing the RF shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1Door opening direction / Pressure equalisation opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3Quench tube RF cabin feed through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 5

Galvanic separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 6Quench tube sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7

Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7Vertical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8

RF-sealed wave guides (examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9Medical gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9Information on medical gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11

Testing the RF-room for isolation from on-site ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12Measurement devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12Preferred method of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12

RF-room designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 13RF-Room interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 13Modular RF-rooms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 14RF room construction (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15RF room with noise damping (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16

RF filter plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17Wall opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17Cutout in the RF shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18

Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 19Controlled access area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 20

Used DIN norms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21List of RF-room manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 22

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 12 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 8: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

0 - 8 Contents

Page

9 ______ Quench Tube __________________________________________________9 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1Basis for design calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

Quench tube components checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2Sizing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 10

Quench line elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 11Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 12

Maximum permissible tube lengths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 13Smooth pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 13Flexible convoluted tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 13Effective length of bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 14

Quench tube sizing example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 15Galvanic separation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 18

Quench tube RF cabin feed through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 19Quench tube sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 20

Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 20Vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 21

10 _____ Cryogen supply _______________________________________________10 - 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 1Structural requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 1Transport methods for helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2Dimensions of the dewars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2Delivery of magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2

The magnet is shipped cold (standard case). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2The magnet is shipped warm (exception). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 2

Boil-off rate and helium level for OR24 / OR47 magnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 3Helium content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 3Boil-off rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 3

11 _____ Options ______________________________________________________11 - 1

Host PC MRSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 1Host / Imager container. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 2Table top transport trolley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 3In-room MRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 4

For planning purpose it is important to know the following:. . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 6Foots witch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 7

Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 7Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 7

Additional Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 9Patient supervision unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 10Multi Nuclei Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 13Coil storage cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 14Surface coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 15

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 9: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Contents 0 - 9

Page

Coil shelf design example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 16Patient transport trolley 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 17

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 17OR-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 18Adaptation transformer for the RCA cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 24

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 24Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 24Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 24

Power Distribution Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 25Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 25Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 25Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 25

Condensation Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 26General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 26Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 26Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 26Contents of the kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 26

UPS-System for the Host PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 27Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 27Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 27Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 28Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 28Distribution box (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 29

UPS-Systems for the complete system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 30Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 30Special power requirements if the on-site power is provided through a UPS system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 30Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 31Connection of the UPS systems (Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 32

Water transfer station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 34Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 34Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 34Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 34Flow meter for primary chilled water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 34

Primary water filter system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 37Chiller-Systems recommended by Siemens Medical Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 38

Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 38

12 ______Installation and service tools ____________________________________ 12 - 1

MPS (Magnet Power Supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1Transport box dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

Array Shim Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2Transport box dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 12 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 10: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

0 - 10 Contents

Page

13 _____ Information on transport________________________________________13 - 1

Transport and storage specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 1Mechanical conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 1Transport and storage specifications for the magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 1Transport and storage specifications for the system components . . . . . . . . .13 - 1

Transporting the magnet and the cabinets (GPA/CCA; RCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 2Transport route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 2Issuing the order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 2

Smallest transport dimensions of the magnet (with table frame and cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 3Opening for the magnet in the roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 5

Opening for the magnet in the roof for standard magnet installation . . . . . . . .13 - 5Opening for the magnet in the roof in special cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 5

Smallest transport dimensions or the 2 in 1 cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 6Helium dewars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 6

Weights and dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 7

14 _____ Technical data ________________________________________________14 - 1

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 1General classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 1Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 2Heating/air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 2Relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 2Primary water specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 3Heat dissipation to air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 4Audible noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 4RF-shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 4

Overview of the service tool needed for the installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 5Magnet cold shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 5Magnet warm shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 5Transport equipment for the magnet and electronics cabinets . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 6

On-site options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 6Color swatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 6

Color combinations of the Maestro Class cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - 6

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 11: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Contents 0 - 11

Page

15 ______Mobile specific requirements____________________________________ 15 - 1

Responsibilities of the Project Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 1General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 1

Mobile trailer manufacturer documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 2Changes to static systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 3Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 5

Vehicle suspension requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 11Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 11Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 11Instrumentation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 12Data to be recorded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 13Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 13

Demonstration of Compliance – Type Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 13Test facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 14

Mobile road requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 16Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 16Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 17

Additional specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 17Humidity/Humidifier Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 18Temperature Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 18

On board water chiller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 19Water pipe routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 20Water pipe material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 20

RF - Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 21The RF-room equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 21

Magnetic Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 22On-board Power Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 23

Additional power requirements: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 23On-board system connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 23

On-board Diesel Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 24Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 25

Additional lighting requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 25Sound damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 25Trailer design and construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 26

Chassis / Coachwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 26Position / orientation / fixing of the magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 26Magnet venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 27Tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 27Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 27Serviceability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 27Non-magnetic materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 28

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 12 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 12: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

0 - 12 Contents

Page

Interior finishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 28Host computer/imager dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 29Entry doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 30Belly "Skirt" compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 31Magnet service hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 32Upgrade ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 33Exterior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 33Customer options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 33

On site preparations for the use of a Mobile MRI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 34General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 34Topographic specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 34Access consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 34Service access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 34Controlled area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 35Example of the 5- Gauss line (0.5mT) on top of a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 36Support pad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 37On-site environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 38Site checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 39

16 _____ Changes to previous version ____________________________________16 - 1

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 12 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 13: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 1

General 1

Safety information 1

The safety notes are supplemented by specific descriptions in the documents supplied by us, e.g. product documents, ARTD (general guidelines) as well as by written instructions in specific cases. All safety instructions must be observed in the performance of work and tests; in addition, there must be compliance with prescribed country-specific requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).

Read and respect the safety informations carefully!

The safety informations are located under the following link:Link to safety information>Select Safety

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 14: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 2 General

System overview 1

RF Filter plate

Alarm box

RCAcabinet

RCA

GPA and CCA cabinet

CCAGPA

MRC

Magnet

Imager

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 15: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

General 1 - 3

Main functions of the system 1

The MAGNETOM Harmony (1T) and Symphony/Sonata (1.5T) comprise the following functions:

• Generation of the basic magnetic field

• Generation of the gradient field

• Generation and measurement of the high frequency field

• System control including host HW

• Patient positioning and monitoring

• System power supply

• Software

System components 1

Magnet system

The magnet system generates the basic magnetic field. The components required for the MAGNETOM Harmony (1T) and Symphony/Sonata (1.5T) are described below. The electrical and mechanical shim are integrated into the gradient coil. The magnet comprises the superconducting magnet including the system for cooling (interface for helium fill/refill, cold head), energizing (current probe) and monitoring the magnet during operation. In addition, it includes the cabling up to the point where the external lines are connected.

Whole body gradient system (GPA; Gradient coil)

In addition to the basic magnetic field, the whole body gradient system generates linear dynamic magnetic field gradients into the three room orientations. The whole body gradient system includes the gradient amplifier and the gradient coil.

RF system

The RF system generates the RF fields and transmits them to the patient (transmit function). It also receives the MR signals emitted by the patient and provides them in digital format for image recon-struction (receive system).

RF Coils

The system includes a whole body coil for emitting RF to the patient and for receiving MR signals from the patient. The tune box which adjusts the resonator to the performance amplifier as a function of fre-quency and load as well as the connection cables to these units are part of the body coil. The support tube of the body coil also functions as the inner cover of the magnet tunnel.

RF local coils improve image quality when examining specific body regions.

System electronics (GPA/CCA)

The system electronics cabinet includes power supply distribution, RFPA, GPA, RF-electronics and CCS.

RCA cabinet

The RCA cabinet is the interface between "primary chilled water" and the water cooled system compo-nents (secondary water circuit).

MRC console

The MRC console consists of the HOST PC, monitor, keyboard and mouse to operate the MR system. In addition a intercom is part of the console electronics.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 16: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 4 General

Imager PC

The imager PC is responsible for the "image calculation" and is usually located in the equipment room.

RF-filter plate

The RF filter plate is the interface from the electronic cabinet into the RF room. All el. signals must be filtered to prevent interferences.

Alarm box

The alarm box is for switching on/off the MR system. It also contains the ERDU (Magnet-Stop) button.

Patient handling 1

Prior to the MR examination the patient is positioned on the table using the positioning accessories for additional comfort. During the examination, the patient is monitored accordingly, e.g. via video camera. The system handling function covers all requirements and includes the patient table, lighting, ventilation, and patient monitoring.

Since the patient is usually alone in the examination room during the measurements, patient and physician communicate via the intercom. The intercom consists of the configurations necessary in the examination room and the operating console as well as the cabling.

Whenever required, the patient is monitored during the examination via a video camera. The set up consists of the camera, the monitor as well as the cabling.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 17: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

General 1 - 5

Project Manager Information 1

Service, installation and accessories 1

Service tools and auxiliary materials see also: "Installation and service tools" auf Seite 12 - 1

The set of auxiliary service materials comprises the service and auxiliary materials for the product.

Installation information 1

Project management 1

Environment protection 1

• Refer to the disposal instructions.

The transportation, mechanical installation and cabling of the system has to be performed by trained personnel of our service providers (Hegele, UniData and RemeTronix) only!

The system installation e.g tune-up, start-up will be performed by HSC Erlangen, US Installation or Factory.

For each project the actual datas/informations and Planning Guides have to be used!

Changes to the previous version of this document can be found under: "Changes to previous version" auf Seite 16 - 1

It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to check the Intranet for the latest version of the Planning Guide.

In some cases PG Speed infos will be distributed.

http://cs.med.siemens.de/For Service/Planning

The transport packing materials, e.g. all port pallet, have to be taken back by the service provider!

All the other packing materials e.g. paper board containers , can be disposed as required by local codes.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 18: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 6 General

Service provider Installation 1

Subsidiaries and regional offices, external service providers, and the MR product group have to work together reliably and in partnership to ensure successful system assembly.

System assembly by Hegele or Uni-Data presupposes a designated project manager and support (during assembly) by the field office. Tasks are assigned as follows:

The scope of service provided by Hegele and Uni-Data is as follows: 1

1. All work will be performed by trained personnel (current training certification will be created and stored by Siemens) in accordance with the documentation (installation instructions) delivered with the system. Work completed by the service provider will be confirmed in the "installation protocol" on pages 1 and 2. The current version of the "Service Provider Installation Protocol" can be found in the blue binder "Technical Documents Volume 1 of 2." The Key Account Manager of the service provider by Hegele, Unidata or other informs the on-site project manager as quickly as possible regarding deviations (time and reason) to the target specifications for the completion date.

2. The Key Account Manager of the service provider informs the project manager of the German subsidiary / RC or the Factory Installation Team (presently. Mr. Link / Mr. Geicke) regarding the telephone number of the installation team for the respective job.

3. Transport of MR systems to the following countries: Andorra, Benelux nations, Denmark, Germany, Finland, France, Greece, Great Britain, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Monaco, Norway, Austria, Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland, Spain, Vatican City. In the future, the following countries will also be served (for information purposes only; initially no lump-sum payments, but rather, invoices for expenses): Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Estonia, Serbia-Montenegro, Hungary, and Cyprus.

4. Unloading and transferring the MR systems

5. Standard transfer Harmony/Symphony/Sonata: Flat transport route up to 25 m, width of transport route 2.20 m for straight route and 2.50 m for transport route around a corner; height 2.40 m

Task Responsibility

• Project planning and room preparation

Project manager from the subsidiary• Project plan

• Complete coordination

• Transport

Hegele, Uni-Data (service provider)• Delivery

• Transfer

• Assembly + Cabling

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 19: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

General 1 - 7

6. Installing and securing the MR system in accordance with documentation delivered with system (blue service binder)

7. Concluding activities after magnet has been positioned, e.g., disposal of packing materials, return of reusable pallets to Erlangen, such as the pallets for the filter plates

8. Installing and cabling the MR components in the RF room and the control room, initially without connecting to the on-site power supply.

9. Installation and cabling of hardware options

10. Completion of the "Service Provider Installation Protocol" (transfer to MRL employee responsible for start-up, or insert in binder "Technical Documents Volume 1 of 2").

The following services are not covered by the lump-sum payment for assembly and are charged by the service provider directly to the subsidiaries / regions: 1

1. Work and travel time for additional personnel (> 4 employees) required in conjunction with transfer and assembly.

2. Delays and wait times caused by project management (e.g., delays due to construction, workers in the room).

3. Crane costs.

4. Crane bridge / use of other trucks.

5. Site visits, including all travel costs (e.g., rental car, gasoline, flight, hotel).

6. Costs for an additional trip, after actual work performed for cabling / assembly (e.g., when there are delays due to construction .

7. Patient table disassembly.

8. Project-related hotel costs in conjunction with transfer and assembly (e.g., during RF room construction)

9. Disassembly, correct packing, loading, and transport of old systems.

10. Additional expenditures for deviations to standard transfers; additional expenditures for special work and materials when transport route is not flat; modifications required for the RF room

11. Additional expenditures during cabling for missing or insufficient cable ducts; when the technical room is not on the same floor as the MR room, or there is a room between them; routing required for cable sets that are too long or too short; cabling for uncommon options.

12. Return of "venting kits".

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 20: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 8 General

System Start-Up 1

If desired, employees of the MR production unit can perform the on-site start-up of the MR system.

Subsidiaries and regional offices, external service providers, and the MR product group working together reliably and in partnership remains the prerequisite.

There are two contact persons within the MR product group for planned and current deployment of the MR start-up group:

Mr. Günther Link Tel. 09131 / 84-5587

Mr. Rainer Geicke Tel. 09131 / 84-8463

MR Product Group

Department MR LA 1

Allee am Röthelheimpark 2

91050 Erlangen Fax. 09131 / 84-8631

Task Responsibility

• Start-Up, Tune-Up including function and image quality testing.

Employees of the MR production unit

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 21: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

General 1 - 9

Handbook numbers: 1

05671974 - MAGNETOM Harmony - Assembly

Transport, delivery, transfer, assembly, and cabling of all system components, in rooms appropriately prepared, are performed by service provider Hegele or Uni-Data in accordance with the installation instructions delivered with the system. This includes the following activities:

• ·Positioning the components

• Assembling and securing the MR system

• Assembling and cabling of hardware options

• Assembling and cabling of MR components in the RF room and control room

• Installing the filter plate

• Concluding activities after magnet has been positioned, e.g., disposal of packing materials, return of reusable pallets to Erlangen (such as the pallets for the filter plates) - Refer to the planning guide for the installation prerequisites.- For service not covered by the lump-sum for assembly, refer to SI M 9-050, "ASSEMBLY AND

INSTALLATION, Training, EVOLVE, Miscellaneous," Page 3.

05671982 - MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata - Assembly

Transport, delivery, transfer, assembly, and cabling of all system components, in rooms appropriately prepared, are performed by service provider Hegele or Uni-Data in accordance with the installation instructions delivered with the system. This includes the following activities:

• Positioning the components

• Assembling and securing the MR system

• Assembling and cabling of hardware options

• Assembling and cabling of MR components in the RF room and control room

• Installing the filter plate

• Concluding activities after magnet has been positioned, e.g., disposal of packing materials, return of reusable pallets to Erlangen (such as the pallets for the filter plates) - Refer to the planning guide for the installation prerequisites.- For service not covered by the lump-sum for assembly, refer to

SI M 9-050, "ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION, Training, EVOLVE, Miscellaneous," Page 3.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 22: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

1 - 10 General

Regulatory affairs 1

Pressure Equipment Directive 1

The magnet qualifies as pressure equipment. When starting up and during the operating of pressure equipment, national regulations have to be observed.

In Europe, the Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EU) regulates the introduction to market of pressure equipment.

In Germany, the Pressure Equipment Directive as well as the "Betriebsicherheitsverordnung" (BetrSichV)(Industrial Safety Regulations) apply to system start-up and operation. The BetrSichV stipulates that prior to start-up the user or others must perform a final acceptance test consisting of inspection of documentation, safety equipment, and installation. Periodic inspections of the cryostat are not required. However, periodic internal tests and periodic strength tests are mandatory, if the equipment is taken out of operation for maintenance or repair work.

Druckgeräteverordnung 1

Der Magnet ist ein Druckgerät. Für die Inbetriebnahme und den Betrieb von Druckgeräten sind die nationalen Vorschriften zu beachten.

In Europa regelt die Druckgeräterichtlinie (97/23/EG) [Pressure Equipment Directive] die Inverkehrbringung des Druckgerätes.

In Deutschland gilt die Druckgeräteverordnung sowie die für die Inbetriebnahme und den Betrieb der Anlage relevante Betriebssicherheitsverordnung (BetrSichV). Die BetrSichV schreibt dem Betreiber u.a. eine Abnahmeprüfung vor Inbetriebnahme vor, die aus einer Ordnungsprüfung, Prüfung der Sicherheitsausrüstung und Prüfung der Aufstellung besteht. Wiederkehrende Prüfungen des Kryostaten sind nicht vorgeschrieben. Bei Druckgeräten müssen jedoch wiederkehrende innere Prüfungen und wiederkehrende Festigkeitsprüfungen durchgeführt werden, wenn sie zu Instandsetzungsarbeiten außer Betrieb genommen werden.

Local national laws, codes, regulations and procedures must be maintained.NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 23: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 1

Room planning 2

General 2

When planning the MR-suite, the following influences the suitability of the site:

• Interference generated by the magnet

• Interference affecting the magnet

• Installation quality

• Noise emission

• Load capacity

• Minimum door height

• Minimum room height

• Cable routing

Information for using Digital and/or Laser cameras 2

The digital camera for syngo MR must be equipped with a DICOM interface.

Informations regarding Siemens Medical Systems released cameras for MR can be found under the following URL: http://cs.med.siemens.de/For Service/Product Information/Cameras/MR

Separate the cables from each other. The gradient cables must be separated from the signal and RF cables 300mm.

DO NOT COMBINE ALL CABLES TOGETHER.

If necessary instal additional cable trays.

Older digital camera models without DICOM interface will not work with syngo MR!

A special interface has to be installed between the Host PC and the digital camera.

Consult the installation manual of the laser/digital camera manufactorer for details regarding the fringe field sensitivity!

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 24: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 2 Room planning

Effects of the magnetic field on peripheral devices 2

The fringe field may affect the functions of devices operated in the vicinity of the magnet. To prevent interference, the magnetic flux density at the location of these devices may not exceed certain values. The flux density acceptable for these devices depends on a number of different parameters. All perti-nent information is available through the manufacturer.

MAGNETOM Harmony 2

Reference values for acceptable magnetic flux densities Bmax

The fringe field of the MR system may make its location critical as specified in the planning documentation. Additional room shielding can be calculated and recommended by the planning department VR P in Erlangen.

B in mT1

1. 1mT = 10 Gauss

distance in radial direction

in m (X/Y)

distance in axial direction

in m (Z)Note

20 1.6 2.0 Servo ventilator by Siemens

10 1.7 2.3 RF-filter plate

5 1.9 2.6 MR electronics cabinet

3 2.0 2.8Small motors, watches, cameras, magnetic data carriers

1 2.2 3.4 Processors, magnetic disk drives, oscilloscopes

0.5 2.5 4.0 Pacemakers, B/W monitors, X-ray tubes, magnetic data carriers, insulin pumps

1.0 2.6 4.4 Color LCD System monitor

0.2 2.7 4.8 CT systems by Siemens

0.3 2.8 5.1 Color monitor shielded

> 0.15 Computer monitor (PC)

0.1 3.0 5.6 Linear accelerators by Siemens

0.05 3.7 6.6X-ray image intensifiers, gamma cameras, linear accelerators from other manufacturers

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 25: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 3

MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata 2

Reference values for acceptable magnetic flux densities Bmax

B in mT1

1. 1mT = 10 Gauss

distance in radial direction

in m (X/Y)

distance in axial direction

in m (Z)Note

20 1.6 2.0 Servo ventilator by Siemens

10 1.7 2.3 RF-filter plate

5 1.9 2.6 MR electronics cabinet

3 2.0 2.8Small motors, watches, cameras, magnetic data carriers

1 2.2 3.4 Processors, magnetic disk drives, oscilloscopes

0.5 2.5 4.0 Pacemakers, B/W monitors, X-ray tubes, magnetic data carriers, insulin pumps

1.0 2.6 4.4 Color LCD System monitor

0.2 2.7 4.8 CT systems by Siemens

0.3 2.8 5.1 Color monitor shielded

> 0.15 Computer monitor (PC)

0.1 3.0 5.6 Linear accelerators by Siemens

0.05 3.7 6.6X-ray image intensifiers, gamma cameras, linear accelerators from other manufacturers

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 26: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 4 Room planning

Site requirements for the magnet 2

The final location selected for the magnet has to ensure that the stability and homogeneity of the magnetic field are not adversely affected by extraneous fields. In addition, the magnetic fringe field should not impair the safety of personnel or the functions of other devices in the vicinity of the magnet.

Minimum distances between magnets (Siemens only) 2

The following minimum distances between magnets are valid if:

• Both magnets are on field

• No magnet is ramping during the other runs applications

• If one magnet is switched off the other magnet has to be re-shimmed

• Get in contact with the VR P / CS department if you have non Siemens products or older systems or if you have to plan e.g. two systems with the same operating frequency.

It is not possible to install electronics components (ECA/GPA/RCA/Optional RF-cabinet) of systems with the same operating frequency side by side!

Refer to: "Co-Siting" on page 2 - 15

The CCA cabinets have to be sepatated by 6m. The magnetic field of one system has to be ramped to the upper frequency limit of tolerance the other magnet to the lower frequency limit of tolerance!

Shim is only optimized with both magnets ramped up during the shimming procedure.

MAGNETOM Harmony

min. distance to system type:

distance to the magnet iso center

in m

1.0T Harmony 4.5

1.5T Symphony 5.0

1.5T Sonata 5.0

1.5T Avanto 5.0

3.0T Allegra 7.0

3.0T Trio 7.0

0.2T Concerto 5.0

0.2T Jazz 7.0

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 27: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 5

MAGNETOM Symphony

MAGNETOM Symphony/Spectros-copy

MAGNETOM Symphony/fMRI

min. distance to system type:

distance to the magnet iso center

in m

1.0T Harmony 5.0

1.5T Symphony 5.0

1.5T Sonata 5.0

1.5T Avanto 5.0

3.0T Allegra 7.0

3.0T Trio 7.0

0.2T Concerto 6.0

0.2T Jazz 7.0

Shim is only optimized with both magnets ramped up! No magnet is ramping during the other runs applications! If one magnet is switched off the other magnet has to be re-shimmed!

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 28: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 6 Room planning

Source of interference 2

Effects on the magnetic field are divided into:- static interferences caused by e.g. ferromagnetic objects, especially those located underneath the

magnet- dynamic interferences caused by e.g. moving ferromagnetic objects or low-frequency magnetic

fields

In critical cases, either Siemens or a third party authorized by Siemens checks the suitability of the site. The tests are designed to detect electro-magnetic and mechanical sources of interference.

Siemens is not responsible for inspecting structural prerequisites, for example, the load capacity of floors or the heating and air conditioning system of the site. Similarly, Siemens is not responsible for executing or monitoring preliminary on-site installation steps. For these reasons, Siemens will not be held liable for the customer’s failure to maintain specific operating conditions.

Static effects can be compensated for by shimming.

Dynamic effects are compensated for by maintaining the maximum values indicated.

A magnetic shielding is required e.g. if minimum distances to static / moving iron masses or AC/DC cables cannot be kept.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 29: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 7

Dynamic 2

MAGNETOM Harmony: Standard system

Source of interference (dynamic)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

Iron object < 50 kg 2.6 4.8 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

Iron object < 200 kg 2.7 5.0

Iron object < 900 kg 3.2 6.5

Iron object < 4500 kg 4.0 7.5

Wheelchair / Bed 2.6 4.8 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial values must be applied!

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

Car 3.2 6.5

Truck 4.0 7.5

Train 40.0 40.0

Subway / Tram 40.0 40.0

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 30: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 8 Room planning

MAGNETOM Symphony: Standard system

Source of interference (dynamic)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

Iron object < 50 kg 3.9 4.9 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial

The distances are measured from mag-net center to the edge of the object!

Iron object < 200 kg 4.1 5.9

Iron object < 900 kg 4.4 6.5

Iron object < 4500 kg 5.0 7.5

Wheelchair / Bed 3.9 4.9 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial values must be applied!

The distances are measured from mag-net center to the edge of the object!

Car 4.4 6.5

Truck 5.0 7.5

Train 40.0 40.0

Subway / Tram 40.0 40.0

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 31: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 9

MAGNETOM Symphony: Spectroscopy, fMRI

Source of interference (dynamic)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

Iron object < 50 kg 4.9 5.8 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial

The distances are measured from mag-net center to the edge of the object!

Iron object < 200 kg 5.3 6.5

Iron object < 900 kg 5.5 7.5

Iron object < 4500 kg 6.2 9.0

Wheelchair / Bed 4.9 5.8 With additional iron shielding it is possible to reduce these distances by about 1m!

For objects which appear under an angle of 45dg to 0dg from the Z-axis the axial values must be applied!

The distances are measured from mag-net center to the edge of the object!

Car 5.5 7.5

Truck 6.2 9.0

Train 40.0 40.0

Subway / Tram 40.0 40.0

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 32: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 10 Room planning

AC interferences 2

MAGNETOM Harmony: Standard system

Source of interference (AC)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

AC Transformer < 100 kVA 8.0 5.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Transformer < 250 kVA 9.0 6.0

AC Transformer < 650 kVA 10.0 7.0

AC Transformer < 1.600 kVA 12.0 8.0

AC Cables < 10 A 2.0 2.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Cables < 25 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 50 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 100 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 250 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 1000 A 5.0 2.0

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 33: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 11

MAGNETOM Symphony: Standard system

Source of interference (AC)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

AC Transformer < 100 kVA 8.0 5.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Transformer < 250 kVA 9.0 6.0

AC Transformer < 650 kVA 10.0 7.0

AC Transformer < 1.600 kVA 12.0 8.0

AC Cables < 10 A 2.0 2.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Cables < 25 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 50 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 100 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 250 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 1000 A 5.0 2.0

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 34: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 12 Room planning

MAGNETOM Symphony: Spectroscopy

Source of interference (AC)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

AC Transformer < 100 kVA 12.0 8.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Transformer < 250 kVA 12.0 9.0

AC Transformer < 650 kVA 13.0 10.0

AC Transformer < 1.600 kVA 14.0 11.0

AC Cables < 10 A 2.0 2.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Cables < 25 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 50 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 100 A 3.0 2.0

AC Cables < 250 A 6.0 2.0

AC Cables < 1000 A 9.0 4.0

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 35: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 13

MAGNETOM Symphony: fMRI

MAGNETOM Sonata: Standard system

Source of interference (AC)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

AC Transformer < 100 kVA 12.0 8.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Transformer < 250 kVA 12.5 10.0

AC Transformer < 650 kVA 13.0 12.0

AC Transformer < 1.600 kVA 14.0 15.0

AC Cables < 10 A 2.0 2.0

The distances are measured from magnet center to the edge of the object!

AC Cables < 25 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 50 A 2.0 2.0

AC Cables < 100 A 3.0 2.0

AC Cables < 250 A 7.0 3.0

AC Cables < 1000 A 12.0 5.0

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 36: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 14 Room planning

Static interferences 2

MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

For statical iron (reinforcements) hold the following limitations:

Additional iron shielding 2

For additional iron shielding calculations (if required) contact the planning department of VR P PS, telephone: ++49 (0) 9131-84-7624 ++49 (0) 9131-84-7616

See also: http://pascad.med.siemens.de/de/

Source of interference (static)

min. distance in radial direction

(X/Y) to the magnet iso center in m

min. distance in axial direction

(Z) from the magnet iso center in m

Notes

Water cooling unit 4.0 4.0valid for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

Iron mass Iron mass 1.2m distancefrom magnet iso center

allowable reinforcement steel in the floor </= 100 kg / m²

allowable iron beam mass in the floor </= 100 kg / m

According to our recent experience the mass of the floor plate should be about 600 kg/m² (corresponding to a thickness of about min. 20 cm or 8") to achieve a good vibration and structure-borne sound isolation.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 37: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 15

Co-Siting 2

General 2

Co-Siting describes the prerequisites ("Co-siting prerequisites" on page 2 - 16) for planning/installing two MR systems at the same time with the same operating frequency (field strength) side by side. One other scenario could be: A customer does have already a 1.5T system under operation and is getting a second 1.5T system in the close vicinity of the first one. In this case the new system must fulfill all requirements specified in this section "Co-siting prerequisites" on page 2 - 16. The already installed system should be modified in points where it is possible.

Magnet distances between magnets (Siemens used magnets only) 2

see also: "Minimum distances between magnets (Siemens only)" on page 2 - 4

It is not possible to install electronics components (ECA/GPA/RCA/Optional RF-cabinet) of systems with the same operating frequency side by side! Additional prerequisites are mandatory! ("Co-siting prerequisites" on page 2 - 16)

The CCA cabinets have to be sepatated by 6m (center to center Fig. 2; Fig. 3). The magnetic field of one system has to be ramped according to the ramp procedure to the upper frequency limit of tolerance the other magnet to the lower frequency limit of tolerance!

Shim is only optimized with both magnets ramped up during the shimming procedure.

Minimum distances between magnets

Harmony Symphony Sonata Avanto Allegra Trio Concerto

Harmony 4.5m 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 7.0m 7.0m 5.0m1

1. With EFI unit, no ramping during measuring; Additional ironshielding can reduce distance.

Symphony 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 7.0m 7.0m 6.0m1

Sonata2

2. Site survey measurement recommended!

5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 7.0m 7.0m 6.0m1

Avanto 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 5.0m 7.0m 7.0m 6.0m

Allegra3

3. Site survey measurement required/mandatory!

7.0m 7.0m 7.0m 7.0m 10.0 10.0 10.0m

Trio3 7.0m 7.0m 7.0m 7.0m 10.0 10.0m 10.0m

Concerto3 5.0m 6.0m 6.0m 6.0m 10.0m 10.0m 10.0m

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 38: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 16 Room planning

Co-siting prerequisites 2

If two systems with the same operating frequency have to be planned (or one is already installed) take the following into account:

• The attenuation of the RF-cabin must be 100dB at the required operating frequency.

• For additional/optional waveguides the following calculation applies:

Lmin= length; di = inner diameter (di = < 250mm)

• The two RF rooms must not be electrical connected at all.

• The openings of the RF-rooms (e.g. door, window, waveguide) have to be turn away from each other. Having the mentioned openings (e.g. door, window, waveguide) facing each other must be avoided.

• The CCA cabinets must be installed in a min. distance of 6.0m ("CCA distance" on page 2 - 18) from each other.

• The cable ducts (CCA side) of the two systems have to be installed separated by 6m.

• The short cable set (1.5m) is not permitted to use with to systems in Co-Siting even if the CCA cabinet is installed directly underneath the RF filter plate.

• There must be a separate on-site power distribution panel as far away from each other installed for each system.

• The RF filter plates have to be positioned as far as possible away from each other.

• The connection of the RF filters (gradient and power) has to be performed as requested in the installation manual (e.g torque).

• According to the ramp procedure one of the MR systems has to be ramped to the upper frequency limit of e.g. 63.7 MHz (1.5T), the other MR system has to be ramped to app. 100 kHz lower than the first one see Fig. 1.

The following prerequisites for Co-Siting are mandatory for both of the two MR systems.

NOTE

Lmin 4.0 di×=

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 39: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 17

Field decay 2

The magnet marked "magnet 2" in the example in Fig. 1 has to be re-ramped first because due to the normal magnetic field decay the lower operating frequency tolerance limit will be reached earlier.

Fig. 1 decay

The special ramping procedure could require a different re-ramping time interval (to the operating frequency after the normal field decay) of the two systems!

f63.5MHz 63.6MHz 63.7MHz

deca

y ap

p. 4

.6kH

z/m

onth

(1.

5T s

yste

m)

low

er li

mit

for

re-r

ampi

ng

magnet 1

magnet 2

decay

operating frequency tolerance

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 40: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 18 Room planning

CCA distance for systems with the same operating frequency 2

Fig. 2 CCA distance

Fig. 3 CCA distance

6000

GPA CCA GPA CCA

6000

GPA CCA

GPA CCA

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 41: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 19

Magnet orientation 2

Two magnets with the same operating frequency positioned in "Z" direction should be avoided due to the required distances and increased RF coupling between the systems!

Fig. 4 Two magnets on the Z axis

NOTE

3.7m

3.0m

2.8m

2.7m

2.6m

2.5m

2.2m

2.0m

1.9m

Z-axis

0.05mT

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m2.3m

1.7m

1.6m

3mT

5mT10mT

20mT

3.7m

3.0m

2.8m

2.7m

2.6m

2.5m

2.2m

2.0m

1.9m

Z-axis

0.05mT

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m2.3m

1.7m

1.6m

3mT

5mT10mT

20mT

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 42: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 20 Room planning

Two magnets with the same operating frequency positioned in "X" direction is possible!

Fig. 5 Two magnets on the x axis

NOTE

3.7m

3.0m

2.8m

2.7m

2.6m

2.5m

2.2m

2.0m

1.9m

X, Y-axis

Z-axis

0.05mT

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m2.3m

1.7m

1.6m

3mT

5mT10mT

20mT

3.7m

3.0m

2.8m

2.7m

2.6m

2.5m

2.2m

2.0m

1.9m

X, Y-axis

Z-axis

0.05mT

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m2.3m

1.7m

1.6m

3mT

5mT10mT

20mT

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 43: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 21

Two magnets with the same operating frequency positioned in an angle to each other is possible!

Fig. 6 Two magnets in an angle

NOTE

3.7m

3.0m

2.8m

2.7m

2.6m

2.5m

2.2m

2.0m

1.9m

X, Y-axis

Z-axis

0.05mT

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m2.3m

1.7m

1.6m

3mT

5mT10mT

20mT

X, Y-

3.7m3.0m2.8m2.7m2.6m2.5m2.2m2.0m1.9m

axis

Z-a

xis

0.05

mT

0.1m

T

0.15

mT

0.2m

T1mT

0.5m

T0.

3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m

4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m

2.3m

1.7m1.6m

3mT

5mT

10m

T

20m

T

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 44: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 22 Room planning

Fringe field distribution 2

MAGNETOM Harmony 1.0T 2

Fig. 7 Fringe field distribution, magnet OR 24 (top view).

Fringe field distribution MAGNETOM Harmony

Fringe fieldDistance from the magnetic centre in direction of

X-axis in m Y-axis in m Z-axis in m

20 mT 1,5 1,5 1,9

10 mT 1,6 1,6 2.1

5 mT 1,7 1,7 2,4

3 mT 1,8 1,8 2,7

1 mT 2,1 2,1 3,3

0,5 mT 2,3 2,3 3,9

0,3 mT 2,4 2,4 4,3

0,2 mT 2,6 2,6 4,7

0,15 mT 2,8 2,8 5,0

0,1 mT 3,1 3,1 5,5

0,05 mT 3,8 3,8 6,5

ST

RE

U24

A

0.05

mT

0.1m

T

0.15

mT

0.2m

T3mT

20m

T

1mT

0.5m

T0.

3mT

6.5m

5.5m

4.7m

4.3m

3.9m

3.3m

2.7m

1.9m

3.8m3.1m2.8m2.6m2.4m2.3m2.1m1.8m1.5m

X-,

Yax

is

Z-a

xis

AB

5.0m

2.1m

10m

T

1.6m1.7m

5mT2.

4m

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 45: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 23

The fringe field extends three-dimensionally around the magnet iso center and can be reduced by additional iron shielding. The typical lines represent the ideal flux density distribution in air which may be distorted by steel reinforcement in buildings.

Fig. 8 Fringe field distribution in air, magnet OR 24 (cross-section A--B).

Fig. 9 Fringe field distribution in air, magnet OR 24 40mT; 200mT

X-axis

Y-axis

Section A - B

3.8m3.1m2.8m2.6m2.4m2.3m2.1m1.8m

1.5m

0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

3mT

20mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

0.05mT

10mT5mT

1.6m1.7m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 23 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 46: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 24 Room planning

MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata 1.5T 2

Fig. 10 Flux density distribution in air, magnet OR 70 (top view).

Fringe efield distribution MAGNETOM Symphony

Fringe fieldDistance from the magnetic centre in direction of

X-axis in m Y-axis in m Z-axis in m

20 mT 1,6 1,6 2,0

10 mT 1,7 1,7 2,3

5 mT 1,9 1,9 2,6

3 mT 2,0 2,0 2,8

1 mT 2,2 2,2 3,4

0,5 mT 2,5 2,5 4,0

0,3 mT 2,6 2,6 4,4

0,2 mT 2,7 2,7 4,8

0,15 mT 2,8 2,8 5,1

0,1 mT 3,0 3,0 5,6

0,05 mT 3,7 3,7 6,6

ST

RE

U70

A

3.7m3.0m2.8m2.7m2.6m2.5m2.2m2.0m1.9m

X, Y

-axi

s

Z-a

xis

AB

0.05

mT

0.1m

T

0.15

mT

0.2m

T1mT

0.5m

T0.

3mT

6.6m

5.6m

5.1m

4.8m

4.4m

4.0m

3.4m

2.8m

2.0m

2.6m

2.3m

1.7m1.6m

3mT

5mT

10m

T

20m

T

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 24 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 47: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 25

The fringe field extends three-dimensionally around the magnet iso center and can be reduced by additional iron shielding. The typical lines represent the ideal flux density distribution in air which may be distorted by steel reinforcement in buildings.

Fig. 11 Flux density distribution in air, magnet OR 70 (cross-section A--B).

Fig. 12 Flux density distribution in air, magnet OR 70 (cross-section A--B).

X-axis

3.7m3.0m2.8m2.7m2.6m2.5m2.2m2.0m1.9m

Y-axis

Section A - B0.1mT

0.15mT

0.2mT

3mT

20mT

1mT0.5mT0.3mT

0.05mT

1.6m1.7m

10mT5mT

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 25 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 48: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 26 Room planning

Building vibrations 2

External vibrations or shocks affecting the magnet degrade image quality. Vibrational accelera-tion amax transferred through building vibrations to the magnet must not be exceeded in the three spatial orientations in the frequency range from 0 to 70 Hz.

The requirement for amax is -70 dB g measured as max. rms value in the Fourier Transformation of the recorded signal (spectrum).

Building vibration specifications

amax -70dB (g) at 0 to 70 Hz

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 26 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 49: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 27

Sound emission 2

Flowchart 2

Fig. 13 Flowchart

Noise reduction

The Project Managerhas informed the

customer regardingstructural borne and air

borne noise.

Customer and Project Manager agreeon adding additional sound damping

solutions (e.g. additonal dampingmaterial in the walls of the RF-room) if

required(e.g to meet local codes).

Yes

The MR system is equippedwith sound damping material(Sylomer/Sylodamp pads) for

reducing thestructural borne noise.

Yes

The values provided in thePlanning Guide in

combination with the resultsof e.g. a local acoustic

engineer or a qualified RFroom manufacturer suffice

to plan an appropriate noisereduction.

Yes

Consult a qualified RF roommanufacturer (e.g Hamaco,Imedco, Albatross Projects)which has the qualificationto supply a RF room with

sound dampingapplications.

Yes

alternative

Local acoustic engineers and/orRF room manufacturers will get

additional informations from VRP,Mr. B. Heinrich and CSSD,

Mr. T. Polster via the local SiemensProject Manager after signing anon disclosure agreement with

Siemens Medical Solutions.

The set of Sylomer/Sylodamp padsconsists of 8 Sylomer pads 25mm thick

150x200mm and 8 Sylodamp pads15x200x25mm for the box-sections and 2Sylomer pads 25mm thick 100x100mm for

the patient table support disc.The total additional height will be 50mm!

In addition a separate kick plate set is partof the kit to be used with the Sylomer pads.

The kick plates will cover the additonal50mm.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 27 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 50: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 28 Room planning

The physical characteristics of the MR system generate a certain amount of noise, emitted as contact or acoustic noise.

The table below provides you with the information to install the noise attenuation as required e.g. by law. The attenuation usually incurs additional structural expenditures.

The noise level for the various systems averaged across different sequences is shown in the table below.

Noise values 2

The MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata is equipped with a set of Sylomer/Sylodamp pads for reducing the structural borne noise. The position of the pads is described in: "Sylomer/Sylodamp pad position" on page 2 - 29

The Sylomer/Sylodamp pad kit contens is shown in: "Sylomer/Sylodamp kit content" on page 2 - 29

The Sylomer/Sylodamp pad kit gives a tot. of 50mm additional height (depending on the RF room design there is the possibility to recess the area for the Sylomer/Sylodamp pads).

In addition a additional set of kick plates is part of the delivery volume

System Examination room Equipment room Control room

Acoustic noise

Harmony Ultra / Sprint app. 85 dB(A)

65 dB(A) CCS Water 68 dB(A) CCS Air

60 db(A)

Symphony Ultra / Sprint app. 85 dB(A)

65 dB(A) CCS Water 68 dB(A) CCS Air

60 db(A)

Harmony Symphony with Quantum Gradients

app. 100 dB(A)65 dB(A) CCS Water

60 dB(A) CCS Air60 db(A)

Sonata app. 100 dB(A) 65 dB(A) CCS Water 60 db(A)

For detailed information regarding noise reduction contact your RF-room supplier.

If you expect noise problems, the RF-Room manufacturer you are using might be able to deliver noise reduction components with the RF-room (e.g. interior; RF-window; RF-door etc.).

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 28 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 51: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 29

Sylomer/Sylodamp pad position 2

Sylomer/Sylodamp kit content 2

Fig. 14 Sylomer pad position

Sylomer/Sylodamp pads delivered with the system (tot. height 50mm)

(1) Sylomer S720 (black) 8 pieces 200x150x25mm Box section

(2) Sylodamp HD 300 (green)

8 pieces 200x150x25mmBox section

Sylomer V25 (grey) 8 pieces 65x65x25mm Cover frame1

1. Not to be used for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

Sylomer V25 (grey) 2 pieces 100x100.25mm Support disc

2x(150x200x25)Sylomer pad size

2x(150x200x25)Sylodamp pad size

1660

1338

150 150

200

460

583

80

140

1184

7070

2x(100x100x25)Sylomer pad size(Vertical patient tablesupport disc)

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 29 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 52: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 30 Room planning

Seismic anchoring 2

Cabinet 2

Magnet 2

The seismic anchoring kit for the cabinets is not anymore part of the delivery.

If you need a seismic anchoring for your site you have to order the "Seismic Kit" with the part number 576 3367 seperately!

Fig. 15 Seismik Kit

Fig. 16 Seismic anchoring

NOTE

The Seismic Kit (seismic anchoring) consists of the mounting brackets and the screws.

magdra_2

1184

+/-

5

1560

780

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 30 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 53: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 31

Floor loading requirements for the magnet 2

Basic prerequisites and additional information 2

• The floor must be leveled in the area of the magnet position (2.2 X 4.2m). Acceptable tolerance: maximum ± 2 mm.

• The shaded areas (*1) of 600cm2 must be configured for 12,27 kN (MAGNETOM Harmony) and 13,49 kN (MAGNETOM Symphony/Sonata) respectively.

Fig. 17 Area requirements and their dimensions for magnets OR24 and OR70 with the corresponding loads.

Floor loading requirements

MAGNETOMHarmony

*1 Support surface: 4 support surfaces each 200mm X 300mm (600cm2)

Floor loading: 12,27 kN/600cm2 20,43 N/cm2

MAGNETOMSymphony

*1 Support surface: 4 support surfaces each 200mm X 300mm (600cm2)

Floor loading: 13,49 kN/600cm2 22,48 N/cm2

200

300

1184+/-5

Magnet boxsection

460

1660

+/-

2

*1

*1

70

*1

*1

152 SQ

140

80

Patient table supportdisc

Area of support

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 31 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 54: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 32 Room planning

Room configurations and sizes 2

Recommendation:

For future upgrades, e.g. "Symphony a Tim system" upgrade, it is required to plan for a finished RF room length of 6100mm!

The distance from the magnet iso center to the rear finished wall should be 2390mm

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 32 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 55: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 33

Fig. 18 Dimensions: Magnet with patient table and covers.

1010

min

.RH

240

0

2344

View "X"

X

MAGN_039

Upper edge of finished floor

450

- 99

2

Upper edgeof tabletop

floor clearancem

in.

150

1942

2050

294

710

255

1144

1997

min

.50

0541

2430

1705

Safety distance

Orientation point(Magnet center)

2129

852

417

min

.50

0

Safety distancePatient table moved back

Patient tablemoved forward

min. 1650

3034

1101

300

Cover Magnet

Patient tableCable connection andquench pipe connection

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 33 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 56: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 34 Room planning

Recommended room configuration 2

Fig. 19 Recommended room configurations for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

If the patient cannot be observed (visually) through an RF window because of restrictions in the room layout, the patient video option must be included in the room planning. The RF-room door opening direction has to be to the outside.

RF-Filter plate

Quench tubeconnection

Orientation point

CCA

RCA

He dewar

Alarm box

Emergencyshutdown button

RF-shielding

Patient table

Viewwindow

Patienttrolley

(Option)

Lhe filling point

MRC Host PC

MRC ConsoleColor display

Dicom camera

Magnet Stop

GPA

Ser

vice

are

a

equipment room

examination room

control room

>1mT

>5mT

>10mT

EPOEmergency power off

finis

hed

room

leng

th

finished room width

EPOEmergency power off

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 34 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 57: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 35

Recommendation:

For future upgrades, e.g. Tim upgrade, it is required to plan for a finished RF room length of 6100mm!

The distance from the magnet iso center to the rear finished wall should be 2390mm

Recommendation:

For using the patient table trolly option a distance of 600mm to the wall is required when the patient table is at the fully out position.

If noise damping has to be built in, take the basic size of the bare examination room in concideration to achieve the min. finished room sizes!

Fig. 20 Recommended room configurations

If the patient cannot be observed (visually) through an RF window because of restrictions in the room layout, the patient video option must be included in the room planning.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 35 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 58: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 36 Room planning

Information for using optical stimulation equipment fMRI 2

The syngo MR software supports the application fMRI (functional imaging). Due to the magnet bore design the optical stimulation signals can only be fed to the patient from the rear. This fact has to be considered during planning when the customer will use fMRI. Additional space is required for the stimulation equipment at the rear (service end) side of the magnet (e.g. video projector, panel etc.).

Consult users manufacturer manual of the stimulation equipment for details regarding installa-tion, required space and distance to the magnet (fringe field).

Fig. 21 Recommended room configurations

If the patient cannot be observed (visually) through an RF window because of restrictions in the room layout, the patient video option must be included in the room planning.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 36 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 59: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 37

Minimum technical room sizes 2

Minimum distances

Room planning for MR-systems must be based on the minimum distances specified for safety and installation-related reasons. In the RF-room, the underflooring together with the floor cannot exceed the tolerance values specified.

To service the Magnet (e.g. cold head, current probe, etc.) the minimum finished room height must be guaranteed.

Minimum technical room height

The minimum finished room height measures from the finished floor to finished (suspended) ceiling.

Recommendation:

For future upgrades, e.g. "Symphony a Tim system" upgrade, it is required to plan for a finished RF room length of 6100mm!

The distance from the magnet iso center to the rear finished wall should be 2390mm.

(From the cover to the rear wall app. 1500mm)

The minimum technical room height has to be achieved for technical reasons but the dimensions should be enlarged.

The delivered set of Sylomer/Sylodamp pads for sound reduction is 50mm in height!

Take this into account while planning the min. room height!

The min. technical finished room height for removal of cold head, HDCL and syphon is 2350mm.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 37 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 60: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 38 Room planning

Recommended finished room height Minimum finished room height 1

1. The finished room height is the distance from the finished floor (e.q anti-static linoleum floor) to the finished ceiling (e.g. suspended ceiling).

Minimum finished room size2 in l x w

2. The minimum finished room size measures from the finished wall to finished wall.

≥ 2570 mm Examination room 2400 mm3300 mm x 6100 3mm

3. The finished RF room length should be 6100mm for future upgrades e.g. Tim upgrade.

3300 mm x 5500 mm

≥ 2100 mm Control room 2100 mm 3300 mm x 2000 mm

≥ 2570 mm Equipment room 2200 mm 4

4. If you have a minimum room height of 2200mm in the equipment room, the filterplate has to be mounted to a height of min. 1300 mm to max. 1600mm! In addition the extended cable set has to be ordered for this configuration. Refer to Fig. 25 / Fig. 26 for details.

2900 mm x 1650 mm

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 38 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 61: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 39

Fig. 22 Minimum room size

5500

3300

1144

Min. 1650

1101

852

417

3034

4552

Min

. 700

*3

Min

. 900

*1

Min

.600

*2

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 39 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 62: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 40 Room planning

*1; Minimum required distance to the rear wall when using the special transport devices.

*2; Minimum required distance to the rear wall for using the gradient coil lifting device support to remove the gradient coil.

*3; Minimum required distance from the patient table (outer position) to the wall for using the patient table trolly.

Recommendation:

For future upgrades, e.g. "Symphony a Tim system" upgrade, it is required to plan for a finished RF room length of 6100mm!

The distance from the magnet iso center to the rear finished wall should be 2390mm.

(From the cover to the rear wall app. 1500mm)

Recommendation:

For using the patient table trolly option a distance of 600mm to the wall is required when the patient table is at the fully out position.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 40 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 63: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 41

Electronic cabinet and the RF filter plate 2

Fig. 23 2 in 1 cabinet/RF filter plate and standard cable set

ZUORDNU5

Gradientfilter

Transport rollers

Examinationroom

e.g. wall

Opening in the RF-shieldingfor filter plate installation.

454

+4

RF-shielding

View "X"

X

RF-shielding

Opening in partitionor wall

1400

750

130 1179

< 10

0 /

>300

*1

< 65

0 / >

850

*11083 +4

100 mm100 mm

1830

(w

ithou

t rol

lers

)19

20 (

with

rol

lers

)

Allowance on either side for positioning of2 in 1 cabinet / RF-filter plate

min

. 248

0 / m

ax. 2

680

(w

ithou

t rol

lers

)

1930

to

213

0 w

ith

ou

t ro

llers

2020

to

222

0 w

ith

ro

llers

At < 100 (< 650) the LEM module cannotbe removed for service.At >300 (>850) the standard cables between the2 in 1 cabinet and the filter plate are notlong enough.

*1

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

CC

S

min

. 257

0 / m

ax. 2

770

(w

ith r

olle

rs)

RF-filter plate

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 41 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 64: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 42 Room planning

Minimum finished room height of 2400 mm in the examination room. 2

Fig. 24 2 in 1 cabinet / RF filter plate and standard cable set

max.450

ZUORDNU4

e.g. partition

CCAGPA

2-in-1 cabinet

CC

S

1179

550RF-Filter plate

130

Opening in the RF-shieldingfor filter plate installation.

1083 +4

454

+4

RF-shielding

View "X"

X

RF- shielding

Opening in the partitionor wall

1400

750

50 mm50 mm

Allowance on either side for2 in 1 cabinet / RF-Filter plate

GradientFilter

Upper edge of2 in 1 cabineteven withlower edgeof filter plate

Examinationroom

1830

(w

ithou

ut r

olle

rs)

2380

(w

ithou

t rol

lers

)

1830

Transport rollersremoved

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 42 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 65: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Room planning 2 - 43

Minimum finished room height of 2200 mm in the equipment room 2

Fig. 25 Layout of 2 in 1 cabinet / RF filter plate

Fig. 26 Layout of 2 in 1 cabinet / RF filterplate

The electronic cabinet could also be positioned either at the left or right side of the filterplate, Fig. 26. A longer cable set has to be ordered for this configuration.

2 in 1 cabinet

454

550

47.5

min. 40 with RF-room

min

.130

0 / m

ax. 1

600

13 m

ZUORDNU1

2120

mm

min

.220

0 m

m

min

.240

0

extended cable set

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

CC

S

RF-filter plate

13 m

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 43 of 44 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 66: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

2 - 44 Room planning

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 44 of 44 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 67: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 1

System components 3

Magnet dimensions 3

App. Weight

OR24 OR70

Magnet without helium 3250 kg 3800 kg

Helium, maximum 250 kg 250 kg

Gradient coil 850 kg 850 kg

RF-coil 50 kg 50 kg

Patient table 325 kg 325 kg

Covers 200 kg 200 kg

Total weight ∼ 5000 kg ∼ 5500 kg

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 68: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 2 System components

Fig. 1 Dimensions: Magnet with patient table and covers.

1010

2344

1942

2050

294

710

255

1144

1997

541

2430

1705

Orientation point(Magnet center)

2129

852

417

Patient tablemoved forward

3034

1101

Cover Magnet

Patient table

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 69: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System

com

po

nen

ts3 - 3

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 3 of 24M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

Fig. 2

on, supplied

Charging cable

old head

Patient table

tronics

2964

Patient table support

Dim

ensions: Magnet O

R24 and O

R70 w

ith patient table.

Galvanic separati

Service turret c

Serviceplatformopened

Control elec985

2250

2135

1909

Quench tube on-side(vertical or horizontal)90°ellbow and adaption flangeare part of the delivery

Shim plates

Page 70: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

3 - 4S

ystem co

mp

on

ents

Fig. 3

D

4 eye lugs *1with swivel joint

1970 ±10

1000

±5

1034 ±5

1184 ±5

152

view "X"

On-site Quenchtube connection

55 ±3

OR

24OR

70

nter

2020

Min

. Tra

nspo

rt h

eigh

t 226

6

N

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 4 of 24S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

imensions: M

agnet OR

24 or OR

70

Th

e min

. heig

ht fo

r removal o

f cold

head

, HD

CL

and

syph

on

is 2350mm

.

Service platformopen

979

152

PAT

IEN

T E

ND

(S

OU

TH

)

X

with 90° ellbow

703 ±3

6

420

with

90°

ellb

ow 2

240

±10

*1The eye lugs are included in the delivery

1660 ±2

Quenchvalve vertical ce

with

out 9

0° e

llbow

214

0 ±

10

600

On-site Quenchtube connectionwithout 90° ellbow

OT

E

Page 71: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 5

Cable connection / Quench pipe connection 3

Fig. 4 Cable connection / Quenchtube connection

Fig. 5 gradient cable connection plate

Separate the cables from each other. The gradient cables must be separated from the signal and RF cables 300mm.

DO NOT COMBINE ALL CABLES TOGETHER

If necessary install a separate cable duct for the gradient cables.

210

470

35

845

Kabelfixpunkt undQuenchrohranschluß / Cable and Quenchtube fixpoint

B

AC The gradient cable connection plate (A) is

from the vertical centre of the magnet (C) app. 450mm off centre (Fig.3; seen from the rear side). The distance from the floor (B) is app. 1800mm

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 72: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 6 System components

90° elbow dimensions 3

Fig. 6 Flange

200

100

180

15°

15°

10 135

150

10

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 73: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 7

Fig. 7 Flange

3-BOTTOM

15°

110

135

150

129

102

9

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 74: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 8 System components

Quench valve flange adapter (copper) 3

Fig. 8 Flange

The quench tube could be mounted vertical and horizontal. The 90-degree ellbow for the vertical connection of the quench tube is part of the delivery.

12 holes ∅ 10

Flange at the 90° ellbow for the Quenchtube adapter

∅ 110

∅ 180

∅ 200Flange at the Quenchvalve

12 threads M8

∅ 150

∅ 130

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 75: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 9

Electronic cabinet (GPA /CCA cabinet) 3

Technical Data

Weight

total weight ≤ 1100 kg

GPA section 580 kg

CCA section 520 kg

Heat dissipation to air

Harmony Symphony

≤ 5 kW (CCS air/water)

Sonata ≤ 5 kW (CCS water Standard)

Limit value of magnetic flux density for operating safety

CCA cabinetmax. 5 mT

GPA cabinet

The transport wheels and the connection box on top of the cabinet can be removed to reduce the transport height.

Fig. 9 Dimensions: 2 in 1 cabinet (GPA and CCA cabinet)

NOTE

Gradient cable

VV

V

RRR

1560

650

1870 17

80

2000

Water connections

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 76: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 10 System components

Service areas 3

To facilitate service, ensure that the following service area is provided.

Space required for all of the cabinets including service area is 3.8 m2.

Fig. 10 2 in 1 layout with respect to RCA cabinet and minimum space requirement for service work.

The doors of the cabinets can be removed with less mechanical expenditure.

SERV-FLÄ.WMF

CCAGPA

RCA2 in 1 cabinet

min

.100

0

(refer to additionaldrawing)

Service area

Swivelframe

Cabinet doorswivel range

Cabinet doorswivel range

Cabinet doorswivel range

6501600

650

NOTICE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 77: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 11

RCA cabinet 3

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 320 kg

Heat dissipation to air ≤ 1 kW

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety

5 mT

Fig. 11 Dimensions: RCA cabinet with minimum space requirement for service work.

The RCA-cabinet should be installed next to the CCA cabinet, if possible. It may be installed at another location, if desired. However be sure to allow for the cable lengths between the RCA and CCA cabinets.

650

min

. 650

650

Cabinet doortravel range

Servicearea

RCA

1920

(w

ith r

olle

rs)

1830

(w

ith fr

ame)

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 78: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 12 System components

Connections on the RCA cabinet 3

Fig. 12 Overview: RCA cabinet with the corresponding water and cable connections as well as the connections for the pressurized He lines.

Port for secondary chilled water

"Coil" return

He-pressure linesfor the cold head

Inlet cooler (11/2")

Inlet cooler 2(Reserve)

Outlet cooler 2(Reserve)

Outlet cooler (11/2")

return "CCS"

flow "CCA"

flow "Coil"

return " CCA"

Electriccontrol lines

CCA line voltage connection

flow "CCS"

WASSERAN.WMF

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 79: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 13

Temporary cold head compressor operation 3

For a temporary operation (e.g. if the primary chilled water is not present) of the cold head compressor proceed as follows:

• CLOSE the primary water "IN" valves for all available cooler see Fig. 14.

• CLOSE the primary water "OUT" valves for all available cooler see Fig. 14.

• CLOSE the valve for the water-cooled CCS see Fig. 14.

This procedure is only for a temporary operation of the cold head compressor with a low on site water flow (app. 10-15 l/min; max. 6 bar).

Fig. 13 top view 1

Fig. 14 top view 2

NOTE

The valves are located at the top of the RCA cabinet.

• Close the valves.

The valves are closed if the groove is in the vertical position

• Close the valves for the water-cooled CCS.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 80: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 14 System components

Option: Split floor operation kit for the RCA cabinet 3

Application:

The split floor option is fitted to prevent back flushing and spillage from header tank within the RCA unit. This can occur if the magnet is installed e.g. one floor above the RCA unit. The modification involves fitting a solenoid operated shut-off valve in the cooling return pipe from the gradient coil. The mechanical check valve is fitted into the cooling line feed to the gradient coil.

If the RCA cabinet is installed one floor above/below of the system components (CCA; Magnet) a option kit "split floor operation" with the part number: 71 20 954 is available to prevent a return flow of the secondary water into the water tank. This is only valid for SCHROFF RCA cabinets!

It might be necessary due to local circumstances to isolate the floor in the area where the RCA cabinet is positioned from the rest of the floor because of noise/vibration induction.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 81: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 15

APD Cold head (for all systems) 3

A potential free contact for error messages is available on top of the RCA cabinet. See:"Potential free contact RCA" on page 4 - 16

SC-10/SC-10L Shield Cooler System

Function

The SC-10 or SC-10L Shield Cooler is a two-stage refrigeration system that conductive cools the warm (77 K) and cold (20 K) radiation shields of the MRI Cryostat, maintaining the shields at cryogenic tem-peratures and reducing the loss of liquid helium.

The SC-10 Shield Cooler mates with the cryostat interface flange and shields provided by the magnet manufacturer.

The system consists of a helium compressor (either HC-10 or HC-10L), interconnecting gas lines, cables and the shield cooler. The helium compressor uses high purity helium gas for its refrigerant. There is no co-mixing of the helium refrigerant with the helium in the cryostat. The equipment is designed for continuous operation. Electricity and cooling water for the compressor are the only required utilities.

Pressures are stated as gauge, not absolute. Pressure units are bar and pounds per square inch (psig). For reference:

1 bar = 14.5 psig

1 MPa = 10 bar

Fig. 15 Configuration

HELIUMHIG H

PRESSURE

HELIUMFILL PO RT

WA TERO UT

WA TERIN

HELIUMLO W

PRESSURE

PRESSUREG UA G E

SHIELD C O O LERPO W ER REC EPTA C LE

220V3~, 0.2A , 50/ 60 HZ

M A INS PO WERREC EPTAC LE

MADE IN U.S.A.

P/ N

S/ N

M/N

O FFO NDISPLA Y

HC -10

C O NTRO L SYSTEM M AIN PO WER

DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE

RCA

1

2

3

5

4

5

6

1 IGC APD Coldhead2 Filter plate3 IGC helium compressor4 gas line, flexible stainless steel 2m5 gas line, flexible stainless steel 13.5m6 Shielded cooler cable 13.5m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 82: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 16 System components

Alarmbox 3

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 1.3 kg

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety max. 5 mT

Fig. 16 Dimensions: Alarm box

ALARMBOX

Cable inlet points (cable supply points available)

1.4m

300

200

105

Magnet Stop

Host Standby

Alarm Silence

System ON

Lock

System OFF

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 83: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 17

Magnet Stop 3

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 0.3 kg

Fig. 17 Dimensions: Magnet stop

FERN-BED

80

80

120

200

1600

~~

Cable feed

Emergencyshutdown button

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 84: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 18 System components

RF filter plate 3

Technical Data

Weight without options ≤ 75 kg

Weight with options 129.5 kg

Weight - shim filter (optional) 50 kg

Weight - vacuum pump (optional) 4.5 kg

Heat dissipation to air 250 W

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety 10 mT

Fig. 18 Dimensions: RF filter plate with various inputs (front view). View from outside the RF-room.

1179

15 x 65 = 975

1123

74

28

550

7 x

65 =

455

FILTERPL.WMF

494

19.5

28

Filter Z6 / Z7 "Emergency OFF"

Filter Z11 / Z12 "Room lighting"

Gradient cableØ 10.5Holes for connectionto the RF-room

Chilled water supply

RF cableFiber optic cable

He-pressure lines

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 85: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 19

Fig. 19 Dimensions of the RF filter plate (side view)

* If you want to install a cover inside the examination room (not part of the delivery) around the RF-Filterplate it is necessary to have a distance of 400 mm (Fig. 19) to allow a propper cabeling.

Materials (e.g. screws, nuts and bolts) for mounting the RF filter plate to the RF- room must be purchased locally.

There must be RF-filters provided for the smoke detectors in the examination room if required.

Shim(optional)

400*

Gradient cable RF-shielding

e.g. Equipment roomExamination room

Gradient filter

FILTERP1

Side view of the RF-Filter plate

550225

Cover for theRF-Filterplate(on site)

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 86: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 20 System components

Host and console components syngo MR (Num 4) 3

Siemens Color Display 3

Technical data

Weight 10 kg Line voltage 100V...230V AC +/-10V

Size465 X 430 X 120

(l X H X W) in mm

Monitor foot 240mm

Heat dissipation Frequency 47Hz...65Hz

Audible noise < 35 dB(A) Power consumption 75 W

There is no measurable influence of the magnetic field to the monitor outside the RF-cabin.

Fig. 20 SCD 1880 Color Display

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 87: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 21

Host PC MRC 3

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 22 kg

Heat dissipation to air ≤ 700 W

Power consumption 654 VA

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety max. 1 mT

Size (height X width X depth) in mm 460 X 280 X 685

Fig. 21 Host PC front Fig. 22 Host PC rear

The Host computer has to be positioned at the MRC console.

The free cable length between Host PC and Imager is 23.0m.

The connection for the modem is located at the rear side of the Host PC. The network connection as well.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 88: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 22 System components

Console components 3

Fig. 23 Console rear side Fig. 24 Host PC rear side

Item Nr. Component name Size (L x W x H) in mm

1 Power distribution 330 x 45 x 50

2 Intercom 320 x 210 x 55

3 Switch (1) 210 x 120 x 40

4 Switch (2; only if option MRSC is available)

210 x 120 x 40

5 Serial distribution 250 x 160 x 40

6 Host PC 280 x 685 x 460

4"Foots witch" on page 11 - 7

Foots witch converter (Optional) (Not shown)

If the console table is not part of the delivery the components (item 1 to 5) have to be installed e.g to the wall in the close vicinity of the Host PC (item 6).

6

1

2

3 4 5

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 89: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System components 3 - 23

Imager PC 3

Technical Data Celsius 670

tot. weight (depending on hardware options) app. 25 kg

tot. heat dissipation to air max. 400 W

tot. power consumption (typical) 200 W

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety max. 1 mT

tot. audible noise < 45 db

Size (height X width X depth) in mm 470 X 220 X 460

Fig. 25 Celsius 670 front Fig. 26 Celsius 670 rear

The Imager PC has to be positioned in the equipment room. The free cable length between Host PC and Imager PC is 23.0m.

It could be positioned on a site prepared shelf for wall mounting or on a on site prepared table. Do not position the Celsius Imager PC on the floor.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 23 of 24 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 90: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

3 - 24 System components

Fig. 27 Imager

Fig. 28 Console top

Installation example of the Imager PC on a shelf inside the equipment room beside the CCA cabinet

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 24 of 24 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 91: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 1

On-site electrical installation 4

General 4

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMV) 4

All information regarding electromagnetic compatibility is based on IEC 60601-1-2:1993 and EN 60601-1-2:1994 standards.

To minimize interference on the line voltage cables for the MAGNETOM, non-MAGNETOM components (e.g. heating and air conditioning unit, pumps, light sources) should not be connected after the service line.

As a rule, heating and air conditioning units have to be equipped with line filters.

Emitted interference

Radiated interference Class B

Conducted interference Class B

Interference immunity

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

Contact discharge +/- 6kV

Airborne discharge +/- 8kV

RF radiation

ISM bands 3 V/m

Quick, transient disturbances (bursts)

AC supply lines +/- 2kV

Other connecting lines +/- 1kV

Surges

AC supply lines +/- 2kV

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 92: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 2 On-site electrical installation

The examination room installation must be completed according to DIN VDE 0107, and if necessary, connected to an emergency power supply.

Room lighting should not be affected when the MR system is switched off or shut down with the Emergency SHUTDOWN button.

To avoid extraneous electrical fields in the examination room, the following should not be installed or used: Telephone connections

Extensions for in-house intercom systems Fluorescent lights Energy-saving light bulbs

Equipotential bonding 4

Equipotential bonding of main and additional voltage must conform to DIN VDE 57100 (Parts 410 and 540) and DIN VDE 0107, so that allowable leakage current values as outlined DIN VDE 0750 part 1 and part 1-1 are not exceeded.

The above standards are identical to IEC 601-1 and IEC 601-1-1 (international) and EN 60 601 as well as EN 60601-1-1 for Europe.

Fig. 1 Applicable standards for MR site installations.

Control Room

NORM1

Power supply systemDIN VDE 0107

Medical electrical MR system IEC 601-1-1, DIN VDE 0750 part 1-1and IEC 601-1, DIN VDE 0750 part 1

System powerdistribution

(connection pointfor MR system)

Power supply system DIN VDE 0107Equipment room

(non-clinical) = AG 0 DIN VDE 010

Patient environment radius = 1.5 mIEC 601-1-1, DIN VDE 0750 part 1-1

Equipment Room

Power supply system DIN VDE 0107,Examination and control room = AG 1 (room group);

Separate magnet room, if applicable AG 0

Examination Room

1.5 m

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 93: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 3

On-site power supply 4

Power quality requirements 4

Notes 4

IT IS THE CUSUSTOMER‘S RESPOSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS EQUIPMENT.

The electrical feeder to the Siemens Medical Solutions equipment must feed only the imaging system and be kept separate from electrical feeders to HV-AC, motors, pumps, compressors, elevators and other potential sources of electrical interference.

The electrical feeder to the imaging system must be run directly to a main facility distribution panel or to the facility service entrance, with no other loads powered from this feeder.

Power consumption of the systems 4

Nominal value Tolerance

Voltage Range 380, 400, 420, 440, 480V 1)

3 phase and ground+10% / -10% 2)

Line to line unbalanced -- max.2%

Frequency 50/60 Hz ±1 Hz

Disclaimer Content

1)Currently the RCA cabinet supports only the voltage/frequency combinations 400V/50Hz and 480V/60Hz. A supplemental transformer is required for other volt-ages.

2) For all line conditions (e.g. power supply under voltage from the power plant) including maximum voltage drop according to the connection value.

Power consumption state System MAGNETOM Value

System off (refrigerator on only)

Harmony/Symphony with Ultra-, Sprint or Quantum gradients;

Sonata *

6.5 kW

Stand by 8.0 kW

Ready for measurement 18.0 kW

Typical measurement 22.0 kW

Highest average power 35 / 40*kW

The power consumption of the systems differ because of the type of sequences and applications are used.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 94: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 4 On-site electrical installation

General requirements to the on-site power 4

System TypeMAGNETOM

Recommended fuse rate 3)

Connection value 4)

Momentary power 7)

Harmony/Symphony Sprint Gradients 5) 6) 8) 100A / 80A 60 kVA n.a.

Harmony/Symphony Ultra Gradients 5) 6) 8) 100A / 80A 60 kVA n.a.

Harmony/Symphony Quantum Gradients 5) 6) 8) 100A / 80A 60 kVA 85 kVA

Sonata 125A 80 kVA 100 kVA

Disclaimer Content

3)

The conductor size of the main connection line should be selected to ensure that the maximum voltage drop is less than 6% (Sonata 4%), including the source impedance, feeders, and any transformers. Fuse rating to be selected in order to protect the mains connection line conductors and to supply the momentary cur-rent.

This is valid for the on-site power installation (e.g. Hospital).

4) Connection value during measurement sequences (< 5 min.) at nominal voltage.

5)

Installing a 80 A fuse is possible for the following customer: For all customers using released product sequences and protocols; as for Symphony with Turbo, Ultra or Quantum gradients. The 100 A fuse has to be installed only for research oriented customers and collaboration customers who intend to develop and test their own sequences.

6) Installing a 80 A fuse is possible for on-site voltages above >/=440V (e.g. 440V; 480V).

7)Momentary power during measurement sequences (< 5 sec.), relevant for maximum voltage drop calculation over the mains connection line and UPS size selection.

8) If the customer intends to upgrade the system later on, refer to the corresponding values for the desired system type.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 95: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 5

Requirements for the MRSC Host PC (Option) 4

For the option MRSC a power outlet has to be provided in the close vicinity of the MRSC console!

MRSC power outlet specifications

Nominal value Tolerance

Voltage 115/230 V+10% / -10%

(for all line and load conditions)

Line to line unbalanced -- max.2%

Frequency 50/60 Hz ±1 Hz

Power consumption 1.8 kVA

Fig. 2 Power outlet

If the control room is used as a patient preparation room and the MRSC is located inside this room a patient or other persons which are not members of the operators team must not be able to reach the MRSC console within 1.5m for safety reasons.

NOTE

For the MRSC Host PC you need to prepare additional power outlets and network outlets in the close vicinity of the MRSC Host PC.

This power outlet is not connected to the CCA cabinet.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 96: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 6 On-site electrical installation

On-site power supply switch board (Example; Not valid for U.S.A.) 4

Fig. 3 On-site power supply for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata.

The MR-system uses only a supply line (L1, L2, L3) and ground (PE). Neutral is not required. In some countries neutral is used due to country specific regulations in the on-site power distribution panel (e.g. for FI installa-tion). The neutral will not be connected to our system (Mains-box)! If a 5-conductor cable is used, neutral (N) is not connected at the MR System. The above shown example in Fig. 3 is for european country specific regulations only.

K1

K1

K1

K2

L1

N

indicator"ON"

a

bc

PE

N

L1, L2, L3

CCA

4

PEK1

optional

8 - 24 V *2

L

N

d

ON-SITE switch board (EXAMPLE)(provided by customer)

Line stabilizer(if required)

Equipment Room

built in system fuse

ON/OFFbutton

Power supply forroom lighting

Shieldedpower cable

Fuse

Service lineOn-site Line power distributionpanel (EXAMPLE)

Main connection terminalMeas. point for internal line impedance Ri

GPA

Shieldedpower cable

Emergency shutdown button

System side

L1; L2; L3 and Ground

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 97: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 7

Line power distribution panel 4

The on-site power supply has to be switched on or off with the ON/OFF button which should be located on the line power distribution panel.

Install the EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN buttons in the MR suite in accordance with the project plans.

The MR system should be shut down via the shutdown circuitry (Emergency SHUTDOWN button) in emergencies only. The refrigerator is switched off in emergency cases, which means that the helium boil-off rate increases considerably.

Fig. 4 On-site emergency shutdown circuit

If a UPS is supplying the incoming main line voltage to the system it has to be shut off with the emergency shutdown buttons as well. This applies also for the small MRC UPS.

The MR system is switched on or off via the button on the alarm box supplied with the system.

If a UPS is connected to the system it has to be shut off with the emergency shutdown buttons as well.

Ensure that the MR system cannot be switched on accidentally after e.g. the Emergency SHUTDOWN button has been unlocked.

NOT-AUS

PE

Examination room

Emergencyshutdown button

Computer room

Emergencyshutdown button

Emergencyshutdown button

Emergencyshutdown button

Control roomUPS

System

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 98: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 8 On-site electrical installation

Grounding 4

Siemens Medical Solutions products are sophisticated electronic systems that require attention to grounding to ensure optimal equipment performance and reliability.

Equipment grounds to the Siemens equipment are specified to be "isolated" type as permitted in NEC 250-96(b) for the reduction of electrical noise.

In order to maintain the integrity of the RF-shielded examination room, the ground must originate at the Siemens electronics cabinet ground bus (CCA cabinet), and should be connected at both ends under Siemens supervision.

Non-current carrying conductive surfaces shall be grounded by a #6 a.w.g. insulated green copper con-ductor installed in the metal raceway that contains the branch-circuit conductors supplying the equip-ment.

A neutral conductor if present is not used for the line voltage connection to the Siemens equipment. if the neutral conductor is provided it should not be electrically connected at any point in the power distribution to the siemens equipment unless specifically required. Unintentional neutral to ground bonds may violate local and national electrical codes as well as create grounding problems.

The grounding of the system, esp. the provided facility ground should be prepared obeying local regulations.

The internal grounding of the MR system must be setup with minimum ground loops in order to prevent noise currents and general disturbances flowing through the grounding path.

Grounding points 4

To achieve such a grounding three major grounding points should be used:

1. The provided facility ground in the distribution panel.

2. The main grounding point at the CCA cabinet (should be directly connected to (1)).

3. The RF-room common grounding point at the RF filter panel (should be directly connected to (1)).

4. An optional UPS System should be connected as well to (1).

To check for possible ground loops the ground resistance between the RF cabin (3) and the facility ground (1) should be checked prior switching on the system. The minimum resistance between (1) and (3) without connected ground wire should be at least 100 Ohm. After having measured that all ground wires should be connected and then the maximum resistance between any two points on the ground system should not exceed 200 mOhm.

Additional electrical equipment installed inside the RF cabin should use RF filters mounted on the filter panel. These additional filters should be grounded as well to the RF cabin common ground.

Any modifications or non-MR equipment grounds added to the MR ground system must be approved by Siemens representative to guarantee safety and performance of the system.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 99: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 9

Scheme 4

Fig. 5 grounding

Facility ground (Distribution panel) (1)

UPS System (Optional) (4)

MR System CCA cabinet (2)

Main ground RF cabin (3)

RF filter panel (5)

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 100: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 10 On-site electrical installation

On-site filter connection at the RF-filter plate 4

AG 1/2 wiring diagrams (Example) 4

AG1 wiring diagram (Example) 4

Filter Use for

Z6 / Z7 Emergency Stop

Z11 / Z12 Room Light

Z13 / Z14 Mains voltage

Fig. 6 On-site power supply for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata AG1.

3~ /Ground; shielded cable

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 101: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 11

AG1 / AG2 Legend 4

Fig. 7 Legend AG1 / AG2 or MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

AG1 AG2

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 102: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 12 On-site electrical installation

AG2 wiring diagram (Example) 4

On-site filter connection at the RF-filter plate

Fig. 8 On-site power supply for MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata AG2.

Filter Use for

Z6 / Z7 Emergency Stop

Z11 / Z12 Room Light

Z13 / Z14 Mains voltage

3~ /Ground; shielded cable

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 103: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 13

Power outlets inside the Examination room 4

Hazardous conditions are created by the magnetic field when connecting devices made from magnetizable material to the receptacles installed in the examination room.

In addition, the functionality of electrical devices, e.g. servo ventilators, may be affected by the magnetic field if the devices are not suitable for this type of operation.

The user is responsible for the installation an use of receptacles in the examination room as well as damages ensuing from said use.

In addition, the on-site electrical system has to conform to Applicationgroup 2 (VDE 0107) when life supporting systems are used in the examination room.

Power outlets inside the examination room must be connected through extra RF-filters and an insulation transformer if DIN VDE 0107 Applicationgroup 2 is required.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 104: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 14 On-site electrical installation

System mains connection terminal 4

A shielded cable with the AWG of

(per wire) has to be connected to the mains connection terminals of the CCA cabinet.

Service line 4

The permissible magnetic flux density B (magnetic induction) for the AC and three-phase power meters is:

Magnetic shielding has to be provided at higher magnetic flux densities, because they impair the functions of the AC and three-phase power meters.

We recommend the following FI specification 4

Information regarding UPS Systems can be found in: 4

"UPS-System for the Host PC" on page 11 - 27 for PC UPS and "UPS-Systems for the complete system" on page 11 - 30 for Full system UPS

50 mm2

A shielded power cable is required for connecting the MR-system to the mains. (From the on-site power distribution panel to the mains connection ter-minal of the MR system)

If there is a UPS system connected to the MR-System a shielded power cable is required between UPS and MR-system.

B ≤ 2 mT

Current rated difference current

125 A 0.03 A / 4The FI has to be for impulse

current

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 105: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 15

Potential free contact CCA 4

The CCA cabinet is equipped with two potential free contacts.

- One contact (X4) is for Remote Alarm of the following functions:

• Helium Low

• Fridge Temp

• EIS Fail

• ERDU (Magnet Stop) Fail

- The other contact (X128) is for triggering an ON or OFF signal

• e.g. for chiller systems

• e.g for air conditioning systems

Contact details 4

*1 Connected to Common (Pin 2) for system normal (No alarm)

*2 Connected to Common (Pin 2) for system faulty (Alarm)

*3 System "ON" contact 1 and contact 2 closed

Contact Connector at CCA Pin techn. details

Remote Alarm Relay X4

1 (Normally closed *1)

3 Common

5 (Normally open*2)

max. 230V / 6A

Potential free contact for e.g chiller or air conditioning systems

X1281 (contact 1 *3)

2 (contact 2 *3) max. 230V / 6A

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 106: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 16 On-site electrical installation

Potential free contact RCA 4

The RCA cabinet is equipped with a potential free contact to trigger the following He compressor error messages:

-temperature failure-pressure failure

The potential free contact X103 is located at the top of the RCA cabinet. The contact will close when an error is present.

Contact details 4

Contact Connector1 at RCA

1. The connector type is a Harting Han3A-F type plug

Pin techn. details

Potential free contact for He-compressor

(normally open)X103

1

2max. 230V / 10A

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 107: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 17

Room lighting 4

Intensity of illumination 4

The most important factors with respect to good lighting are the brightness level and light density which should result in reflection-free presentation and uniformity. Those parameters must be adjustable.

The room lighting fixtures should be divided into groups so that they can be adjusted to daylight conditions.

In reference to DIN 6868-57 the illumination in rooms which are equipped with e.g. monitors for diagnoses has to fulfill the following requirements:

- adjustable- non-dazzling- reproducible adjustment of the illumination density- no reflections from windows, lamps, display cabinets in the normal operation position of the e.g.

monitor.

Image screen workstations 4

The special requirements to be met by the human eye when working with image screen workstations are, for example, rapid image or text displays. An expert in room lighting should be consulted when determining the physical location of the MR monitors and the seating arrangement for the operator. Of special importance is the location of windows (daylight) and illumination with respect to the screen.

Planning 4

Reflections from light sources or daylight (windows) lead to completely false contrast and brightness settings on the MR monitor. Since the images and texts displayed on the screen are the basis for photographic documentation, the quality of images from this source will be negatively influenced. Equally important for optimal image quality on the MR monitor and thus for the most fatigue-free working conditions are such factors as reflection and glare, light density, and adequate illumination strength.

Reflections, glare 4

Glare considerably impairs the work performed at the screen. Direct glare due to lamps or illumination as well as various kinds of reflected glare should be prevented. Appropriate planning is therefore highly important.

The planning of the illumination and position of e.g. monitors should be done in reference to DIN 6868-57.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 108: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 18 On-site electrical installation

Examination room Room lighting 4

DC voltage 4

The magnetic field adversely affects the operating life of light bulbs located in the immediate vicinity of the magnet. The filament in the light bulb oscillates with the frequency of the power supply. It is therefore recommended to connect light fixtures in the vicinity of the magnet to a DC voltage supply. If room lighting is supplied with DC voltage, correct polarity of the sockets should be ensured during their installation.

Residual DC ripple should be ≤ 5%.

AC voltage 4

Only lamps without phase angle control should be used.

Fluorescent lighting must not be installed inside the examination room.NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 109: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site electrical installation 4 - 19

RF filters 4

RF filters have to be installed, for example if a fire alarm or other devices will be installed in the examination room.

The following RF filters can be purchased:

Recommendation 4

Light sources should be installed as follows:

- The groups of lamps in the examination room are switched on/off with the main switch in the control room

- The set of lamps above the patient table is controlled via a switch in the examination room.- The set of lamps next to the patient table is controlled via a second switch in the examination room.

Location of light sources 4

Item number Max. voltage / V Max. current / A

46 84 866 B1205 250 6

31 62 567 B1205 250 25

Fig. 9 Proposed lighting in the system rooms.

Refer to the text for additional information.

RA

UM

BE

L

GPACCA RCA

Examination room

e.g.Electronics room

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 20 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 110: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

4 - 20 On-site electrical installation

Protective Conductor Test 4

Use the protective conductor meter and measure the ohmic resistance between the protective conductor connection on top of the CCA cabinet and an uncoated metallic part of the:

• RCA

• CCA

• Imager computer

• MRC Host computer

• MRC console components

• RF-room

• RF Filter plate

• Magnet

• Patient table

• Monitor

• Options (if available)

Before performing the protective conductor test, read the operators manual of your measuring device!

For some measuring devices the resistance of the measuring leads have to be subtracted from the measuring result!

The entire grounding cabling must be installed, before this test can be performed.

The protective conductor test has also to be performed from the on-site power distribution panel to the connection (mains box) of the CCA cabinet. This is to ensure the presence of the ground connection at the connection terminal of the CCA cabinet.

Should the resistance exceed in one instance 200mΩ, test the protective conductor in question for satisfactory galvanic connection.

If this is not successful for devices with inlet-connectors (for non-heating appliances), an additional 16mm2 protective conductor should be connected to the respective housing. Do not disconnect the protective conductor in the line voltage cable.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 20 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 111: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

5 - 1

On-site water supply 5

General 5

• In Germany, DIN 1988 "Technical guideline for tap water installations" should be part of the planning phase.

• Local regulations will apply in all other countries.

• If the country in question has not established specific regulations, DIN 1988 should be used.

• Relief valves have to be installed in the water supply pipes whenever required by local ordinance.

An on-site water supply is required for operating the RCA. The primary chilled water supplies three components:

• The water chiller for the gradient coil, gradient cabinet, and RFPA amplifier.

• The helium compressor for operating the cold head.

• The CCS cabinet (optional water-cooled) for the cabinets requires water only when the system is switched on.

If you are using tab water you have to take in cocideration the following:

In case of a waterleak in the primary circuit water will flood the site. There is no automatic to stop the waterflow!

The same stands with the use oof the emergency cooling connection at the water transfer panel (if used)!

The helium compressor requires chilled water 24 hours a day.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 112: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

5 - 2 On-site water supply

Chilled water system 5

A closed loop chilled water system is recommended for reasons of cost-efficiency and for locations with low water tables.

It is absolutely necessary to achieve the require on site primary water specification. If the water quality is not as good as required damages to water-cooled components (e.g. cold head compressor) will occur.

The primary water circuit has to be flushed and the primary water quality has to meet our specifications (see "General primary water specification" on page 5 - 4) before the primary water circuit will be connected to our RCA cabinet (water interface).

In UPS mode, the switch on current of the water chiller must be limited to 2 ln.

In = nominal current

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 113: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site water supply 5 - 3

Requirements for the on-site water supply 5

General requirements 5

For the on-site water pipe installation only the following materials (for the water pipes) have to be used to guarantee a proper operation of the primary water circuit:

- copper- plastic medium pipes- stainless steel- high-grade steel- non-ferrous metal

Do not use:- standard steel pipes- zinc-plated steel- carbon steel

Do not use any of the below mentioned materials. Those materials will cause damages to the cold head helium compressor.

The specifications of the primary cooling water are related to the primary cooling water input at the RCA cabinet.

Pressure and temperature losses because of the distance and/or hoses between chiller and RCA cabinet are not included!

If the on-site cooling water does not meet our specifications, a separate water chiller for the primary cooling water has to be installed!

For a temporary operation of the cold head compressor (e.g. if no chilled primary water is available) consult the information at: "Temporary cold head compressor operation" on page 3 - 13

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 114: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

5 - 4 On-site water supply

General primary water specification 5

Water supply

pH-value 6 ... 8

Hardness < 178 ppm CaCO3

< 10 odH

Filtration

5 ... 50 µm,(depending on water quality)

quantity of suspended particles: <10mg/l

Water chiller(primary side)

Water pressure (bar) max. 6

Differential pressure (bar)1,5 without Glycol

2,5 with Glycol

Water temperature of the prim. water oC (min...max)

6...12

Water / anti freeze

Volume percentWater%/ Glycol%recommendation:Ethylene glycol

100 / 0 (without anti-freeze)

62 / 38 (with anti-freeze)

The specifications of the primary cooling water pressure of 6 bar max. is very important for closed loop chillers. The reason is the pressure built up while filling up the closed loop system. The filling pressure could exceed 6 bar!

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 115: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site water supply 5 - 5

Special requirements for the primary water supply 5

MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony with Sprint or Ultra gradients 5

MAGNETOM Symphony with Quantum Gradients 5

MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony with Sprint or Ultra Gradients

System Heat dissipation to water

Water flowprimary water

Harmony / Symphony 30 kW

min. total 60 l/min

30 l/min cooler 120 l/min. CCS water

10 l/min coolpack

The water flow of min. 60l/min has to be present even if the MR system is switched off.

MAGNETOM Symphony with Quantum Gradients

Customer-Type Heat dissipation to water

Water flowprimary water

For all customers using released product sequences and protocols; as for Symphony with Sprint or Ultra gradients.

30 kW

min. total 60 l/min

30 l/min cooler 120 l/min. CCS water

10 l/min coolpack

Only for research oriented cus-tomers and collaboration cus-tomers who intend to develop and test their own sequences.

45 kW

min. total 60 l/min

30 l/min cooler 120 l/min. CCS water

10 l/min coolpack

The water flow of min. 60l/min has to be present even if the MR system is switched off.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 116: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

5 - 6 On-site water supply

MAGNETOM Sonata 5

MAGNETOM Sonata

Customer-Type Heat dissipation to water

Water flowprimary water

* 50 kW

min. total 90 l/min

30 l/min cooler 130 l/min cooler 2

20 l/min. CCS water10 l/min coolpack

The water flow of min. 90l/min has to be present even if the MR system is switched off.

Approximately 100 l distilled water is required for the secondary chilled water loop. This water should be present at the installation site prior to the installation.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 117: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On-site water supply 5 - 7

Closed chilled water system 5

On site water supply 5

*1 Internal/external capacitor can be isolated from the chiller. Chiller vibrations must not affect the building (vibration absorption).

*2 An on-site water filter should be installed, if needed, to remove sediment, particularly for older water installations.

*3 When routing pressure hoses, ensure that there are no loops. The ideal configuration consists of a permanent tube starting from the RCA, positioned perpendicular to the top of the cabinet and pointing upward.

Fig. 1 Connection with closed chilled water system.

SIEMENSINSTALLATION

Flexible pressure hoses *3supplied with the system.Length = 5m

Water chiller *1 Thermal insulation for pipes on-site(e.g. Armaflex)

Primary chilled waterConnections 1 1/2" Withworth female pipe thread (cone shaped male thread adapterfor connecting the hosesare part of the delivery)ON-SITE

INSTALLATION

Water drain

Water supplyfor emergency cooling

Water filter *2

RCA

On site water supply panel

Ball shutoff valve

Flow control valve

Reflux check valve

Feed valve(Chilled watersupply)

Discharge valve(drain)

Syphon

Threaded connection

Diff.-Manometer

Thermometer

Primary water supply panel if the optional water transfer station is not used

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 10 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 118: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

5 - 8O

n-site w

ater sup

ply

RC

A B

lockd

iagram

5

Fig. 2

R

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 8 of 10S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

CA

Blockdiagram

m

Page 119: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

On

-site water su

pp

ly5 - 9

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 9 of 10M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

Fig. 3

Cooling B

lockdiagramm

Page 120: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

5 - 10 On-site water supply

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 10 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 121: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

6 - 1

Air conditioning 6

General 6

The capacity of the air conditioning system is based on the:

• heat dissipation from the system

• heat dissipation from the lights of the room

• heat generated by adjacent rooms or sun light

The air conditioning system selected should be designed to permit future expansion. In addition, the system should be equipped with sensors which would automatically switch off the air conditioning if an error occurs. The temperature and humidity values should be recorded by a thermo-hydrograph to ensure that the data required is available for troubleshooting.

The MR system is cooled most effectively when the system components are installed at the prescribed distances from the walls or ceiling.

If the input draws upon air from outside the building, we recommend installing an on-site filter of EU filter class 4 (DIN 24185/part 2) to remove dust particles > 10 µm.

Air currents 6

• maximum room temperature deviations should be less than 3 oC

• air current speed in locations used by personnel should be less than 0.2 m/second

The air conditioning unit must be carried out according to local/country/hospi-tal specific regulations/codes,

e.g. DIN 1946 (Germany).

A minimum fresh air exchange rate, related to the examination room volume of six (6) times per hour is recommended.

Higher fresh air exchange rates might be required due to local regulations or the system usage.

It is recommended that you install fresh air systems (100% fresh air intake)

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 4 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 122: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

6 - 2 Air conditioning

Climatic conditions 6

Heat dissipation to air 6

Heat dissipation to air System type

Room Harmony/Symphony1 2

1. MAGNETOM Impact to Harmony upgrade CCA is delivered only with CCS air

2. MAGNETOM Vision to Symphony upgrade CCA is delivered only with CCS air

Sonata3 4

3. MAGNETOM Sonata CCA is delivered only with CCS water.

4. MAGNETOM Vision to Sonata upgrade CCA is delivered only with CCS water

Equipment

CCS Water ≤ 5.0 kW ≤ 5.0 kW ≤ 5.0 kW

CCS Air ≤ 5.0 kW ≤ 5.0 kW -

RCA ≤ 1.0 kW ≤ 1.0 kW ≤ 1.0 kW

total ≤ 6.0 kW ≤ 6.0 kW ≤ 6.0 kW

Examination ≤ 2.0 kW ≤ 2.0 kW ≤ 2.0 kW

Operating ≤ 1.7 kW ≤ 1.7 kW ≤ 1.7 kW

Total heat dissipation to air (all rooms) ≤ 9.7 kW ≤ 9.7 kW ≤ 9.7 kW

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 4 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 123: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Air conditioning 6 - 3

Temperature / Humidity 6

Room Room temperature Relative humidity

Examination room 210C +/- 30C 40...60%

Evaluation room150C...300C 40...80%

Control room 1

1. The air pressure spezification for the Control room is 600 to 1100hPascal

Equipment room 2; 3; 4;5

2. MAGNETOM Impact to Harmony upgrade is delivered with CCS air

3. MAGNETOM Vision to Sonata upgrade is delivered with CCS water

4. MAGNETOM Vision to Symphony upgrade is delivered with CCS air

5. MAGNETOM Sonata is delivered only with CCS water.

CCS water at 150C room temp. 40...80%

CCS water at 300C room temp. 40...50%

CCS air at 180C room temp. 40...80%

CCS air at 240C room temp. 40...70%

Examples

CCS water / CCS air 220C 40...80%

CCS water / CCS air 240C 40...70%

CCS water 270C 40...60%

If the values for temperature or humidity will be exceeded, condensation will be created.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 4 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 124: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

6 - 4A

ir con

ditio

nin

g

Temp

erature / H

um

idity scale

6

Fig. 1

M

383940414243444546474849505152

80% 90% 100%

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 4 of 4S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

ollier

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637

xs / [g/kg]

T /

[°C

]rH=10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%

Page 125: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 1

System connections 7

Free cable length 7

Available cable sets 7

Cable sets (cable length in m / ft)

Set No.. outside RF-cabin inside RF-cabin Part number

1 1.5m / 4.92ft 7.0m / 22.96ft 72 75 832

2 13.0m / 42.65ft 7.0m / 22.96ft 72 75 816

3 10.0m / 32.80ft 7.0m / 22.96ft 72 75 824

4 1.5m / 4.92ft 10.0m / 32.80ft 72 75 840

5 10.0m / 32.08ft 10.0m / 32.08ft 72 75 857

The gradient cables inside the RF-cabin are 2m shorter then the other system cables:

Cable set length is 7.0m, the gradient cable length is 5.0m. Cable set length is 10.0m, the gradient cable length is 8.0m.

If you order a system cable set with more than 11.5m total cable length (inside the RF-room plus outside the RF-room) you have to order the required extension for the pressurized hoses separately! If you do not order the exten-sions if needed you will loose liquid helium due to the boil off while the refrig-eration system is not running!

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 126: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 2 System connections

The cable set length identifies the "free cable length", this means from connection point to connection point! The cable length is not the distance between the components! You have to conciderate the cable feeding!

Again, one important information is:

The gradient cables inside the RF-cabin are 2m shorter then the other system cables: This means for example: If you have ordered cable set Nr. 1 (1.5/7m) the configuration could be as follows: Outside the RF-cabine: The electronics cabinet is positioned underneath the RF-filter plate attached to the RF-cabine wall.

Inside the RF-cabine: The gradient cables are 5m (the rest of the cables is 7m). The gradient cables have to go from the filter plate 1.5m up into the ceiling and at the magnet side 1.5m down; this means the distance of the filter plate to the magnet is app. 2m!

Separate the cables from each other. The gradient cables must be separated from the signal and RF cables 300mm.

DO NOT COMBINE ALL CABLES TOGETHER

In cases in which the standard cable sets (Harmony/Symphony/Sonata) can not be used (even after changing plans and shifting magnet and/or cabinets) we have the following solution:

A 15m/5m (15m inside the RF-cabin; 5m outside the RF-cabine) can be ordered at the logistics department in Erlangen/Germany.

The local PM will than get a paper to sign. (To make sure he knows that future options might not be able to be installed).

The cost of this cable set is app. additional 20.000 EURO€€€!

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 127: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 3

Information for using Digital and/or Laser cameras 7

The digital camera for syngo MR must be equipped with a DICOM interface.

Informations regarding Siemens Medical Systems released cameras for MR can be found under the following URL: http://cs.med.siemens.de/For Service/Product Information/Cameras/MR

Older digital camera models without DICOM interface will not work with syngo MR!

A special interface has to be installed between the Host PC and the digital camera.

Consult the installation manual of the laser/digital camera manufactorer for details regarding the fringe field sensitivity!

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 128: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

7 - 4S

ystem co

nn

ection

s

Cab

le set 2 as an exam

ple

7

Fig. 1

T

23m

0m (ethernet)

23m

local network

oor contact

alarm box

MRC console Ho

st P

C

operating room

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 4 of 16S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

he distance between the com

ponents depends on the free cable lengths.

examination room

RF-room

RC

A

Magnet

equipment room

13m

13m15m

15m

23m

20m

15m

22m

5m gradient cables

MRSC (Option)

Powerdistribution3m3m

Standart on-site power outet115...230 V +/- 10%50/60Hz +/- 1%1.8 kVA

9

shelfon-site

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

23m

7m system cables

fiber optic cables

13,5m

semirigid pressure lines (cold head)

RF filter plate

d

magnet stop

Page 129: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System

con

nectio

ns

7 - 5

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 5 of 16M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

MR

C H

ost P

C an

d Im

ager P

C enviro

nm

ent

7

Fig. 2

Bedienraumoperating room

nts Digital camera

t

The distance betw

een the components depends on the free cable length.

Technik-Raumequipment room

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

Imager Host PCConsoleElectronics cabinet

23m

23m

Alarmbox

Keyboard

Mouse

Interkom

Powerdistribution

Switch

Modem23

m

4m

4m

6m

3m

6m

6m

1,5m

23m

23m

5m

23m

Console compone

etherne

1,5m

shelfon-site

Page 130: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

7 - 6S

ystem co

nn

ection

s

MR

SC

Ho

st PC

and

Imag

er PC

environ

men

t7

If the co

ntro

l roo

m is u

sed as a p

atient p

reparatio

n ro

om

and

the M

RS

C is

located

insid

e this ro

om

a patien

t or o

ther p

erson

s wh

ich are n

ot m

emb

ers of

the o

perato

rs team m

ust n

ot b

e able to

reach th

e MR

SC

con

sole w

ithin

1.5m

for safety reaso

ns.

Fig. 3

T NO

TE

Bedienraumoperating room

al camera

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 6 of 16S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

he distance between the com

ponents depends on the free cable length.

Technik-Raumequipment room

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

Imager MRCElectronics cabinet

23m

23m

Alarmbox

Keyboard

Mouse

Interkom

Powerdistribution

Switch

Modem

23m

4m

4m

6m

3m

6m

6m

1,5m

23m

23m

5m (

eth

ern

et)

23m

Digit

ethernet (Hospital)

1,5m

shelfon-site

Switch 2 (Option)

MRSC (Option)

Powerdistribution3m

3m

3m

1,5m

90m (ethernet)

5m (ethernet)

Standart on-site power outet115...230 V +/- 10%50/60Hz +/- 1%1.8 kVA

Page 131: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 7

Connectivity Concept 7

Refer to the SRS Planning Guide to be found under the following URL: http://cs.med.siemens.de/For Service/Siemens Remote Services/Modem -> Router Migration

It is absolutely necessary to prepare the site for remote services. This will save time during installation and service.

Fig. 4

NOTE

SRS - Siemens Remote Services

New Modality

Possible available Modality

Possible available Modality

Router (ISDN/Analog)*1

Data switch orcustomer network

publictelephonenetwork

Siemens Remote Server USC

analog modemif ISDNconnection isnot available *1

*1= power supply

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 132: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 8 System connections

Explanation of the diagram:

It is necessary to have a router that can be left with the customer at no extra charge during the war-ranty period and beyond with a service agreement. The router remains the property of Siemens AG.

Router shall be installed in a central location (e.g. hospital computer room to avoid physical access to the router for security reasons)

Router can be connected to either the ISDN or analog connection.

Remote diagnostics and "Pro-active Event Management" require remote LAN access to our systems. A router is required for this which we provide to our customers at no charge during the warranty period and beyond that period if a service contract is concluded.

The router remains the property of Siemens AG. The required telephone connection (preferably ISDN) and the power supply must be provided on site. Even if several Siemens systems are connected to the same data net, only a single central router is required.

Of course, we observe the confidentiality of patient data in the framework of remote diagnostics and have provided security against access to it. Further information on the topic of data security can be found in the system-specific publications.

Network 7

The image system is equipped with a network card for Fast Ethernet (100 BaseT).

For detailed information about SIEMENS Remote Services (SRS), see PG TD00-000.891.01... (http://cs.med.siemens.de/For Service/Product_Information/PG/general)

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 133: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 9

Cable routing 7

The total cable length consists of the cable length required between the components.

The free cable length is the length between the exit points for the cables at the components.

Bending radius for cables 7

Observe the following minimum bending radius RB for the cables listed below:

- Gradient cable RB ≥ 135 mm (only with set of extended cables)- Transmitter cable RB ≥ 120 mm, when bent once- Transmitter cable RB ≥ 360 mm, when bent several times- Fiber optic cable RB ≥ 150 mm- Fiber optic cable for the patient supervision RB ≥ 45mm.

Door switches at the RF-room 7

The proper routing of the cables is absolutely important to achieve good image quality!

When planning the final location of the system components, do not exceed the maximum distance which is determined by the cable length. Take in consideration the required additional length for routing the cables e.g. through a cable tray at the ceiling.

Adjust the openings (wall, ceiling) to the size of the cable connectors

All doors of the RF-room must be equipped with a door switch.

(In the case of several doors, the switches must be connected in series.)

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 134: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 10 System connections

Cable separation 7

• The cables are routed via cable trays or ducts. Install the cable tray to achieve the distance of 300mm between the cable types (See table below).

• In general, the cables are routed from the top of the cabinet. The cables can be routed to the top part of the cabinet in cable ducts.

• The minimum bending radius for gradient cables, RF-cables and fiber optic cables must be achieved.

Cable separation

Gradient cables RF transmit cables RF receive cables

Fibre optic cables Power cables Signal cables

1 Gradient cables - 300mm 300mm

2 RF transmit and receive cables 300mm - 300mm

3 Fibre optic cables Power cables Signal cables

300mm 300mm -

4 Water hoses pressure hoses 300mm - -

Fig. 5 Cable duct

500

150

300

300

gra

die

ntca

ble

s

wat

erhose

s,pre

ssuri

zed

hose

s

RF-se

nd/r

ecei

veca

ble

s

fibre

optic-

/sig

nal

-/p

ow

erca

ble

s

cable duct

Due to local regulationsan additional cable duct might benecessary for running the water hosesand pressure hoses separately!

required system connectioncable type separation

required system connectioncable type separation

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 135: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 11

1 Cable feed to the magnet

Separate the three different cable types from each other (See table on next page).

The cable duct must not be installed across the magnet area (false ceiling).

Feed the cable ducts to the magnet in a way that the ducts are not crossing the magnet!

If necessary install additional cable trays!

DO NOT COMBINE ALL CABLES TOGETHER!

Fig. 6 Duct

1. Cable feed to the magnet

The left over cable length must not be rolled in loops at all.

Use a meandering technique for the left over cable length.

Never store left over cable length at the magnet!

NOTE

Magnet

1

Magnet

1

Magnet

1

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 136: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 12 System connections

Cable length 7

Fig. 7 NO LOOPS

The RF cables must not exceed 20m (outside RF-cabin + inside RF-cabin).

In cases in which the standard cable sets (Harmony/Symphony/Sonata) can not be used (even after changing plans and shifting magnet and/or cabinets) we have the following solution:

A 15m/5m (15m inside the RF-cabin; 5m outside the RF-cabine) can be ordered at the logistics department in Erlangen/Germany.

The local PM will than get a paper to sign. (To make sure he knows that future options might not be able to be installed).

The cost of this cable set is app. additional 20.000 EURO€€€!

NO YES

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 137: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 13

Free length for water tubing 7

The delivery volume contains pre assembled chilled water tubing with 30 m Armaflex insulation and 2 x 5 m chilled water tubing with Armaflex insulation.

Fig. 8 Chilled water tubing between the components.

GP

A

CC

A

RC

A

RF-filter plate

RF-room

WASSER

The length of the cooling water hosesshould correspond to the "free cable lengths."

Shut-off valve

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 138: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 14 System connections

He pressurized hoses for the cold head and He-compressor 7

General 7

The pressurized hoses can be extended to max. 27 m. The extensions and adapters are optional and have to be ordered separately.

Fig. 9 Free length for He pressurized hoses between the RCA and the cold head.

If you order a system cable set with more than 11.5m total cable length (inside the RF-room plus outside the RF-room) you have to order the required extension for the pressurized hoses separately! If you do not order the exten-sions if needed you will loose liquid helium due to the boil off while the refrig-eration system is not running!

The minimum bending radius for the 1/2" Cu tubing is 150 mm.

Avoid bending the copper tubing to correct the radius. Repeated bending weakens the Cu tubing and causes leaks.

GP

A

CC

A

RC

A

RF-filter plate

cold head

RF-room

DRUCKLEI

13.5 m

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 139: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

System connections 7 - 15

APD 7

Order numbers for APD cold head and compressor

Leybold 7

Order numbers for Leybold cold head optional parts

Fig. 10 Length of the APD He pressurized hoses

Quantity to order for extension Siemens item no. Description

2 74 61 341 APD gas line 9m

2 74 61 358 APD gas line 4,5m

2 74 61 457 APD gas line connector

2 74 61 242 APD gas lines 13,5m (standard)

Fig. 11 Length of the Leybold He pressurized hoses

Quantity to order for extension Siemens item no. Description

2 32 28 090 Semi rigid line 13.5m

2 77 09 868 adapter

13.5 m (Standard) (Option)

Pressurizedhoses (extension)Refer to table

RCAFlex. Pressurized hoseCold head

DRUCKL2

Cu-pressurizedtubing 1/2" (12.7 mm)

13.5 m (Standard)

0.2 m

(Option)

Cold head RCA

Pressurizedhoses (extension)Refer to table

Pressurized hose

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 16 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 140: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

7 - 16 System connections

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 16 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 141: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 1

RF-Room 8

Prerequisites for establishing the RF shielding 8

• RF-shielding is required in the examination room, because - all international and/or national RF-guidelines for the prevention of RF-interferences caused by

MR system operation have to be observed- interference-free operation of the MR system despite RF-interference in the operating

frequency range of the installation has to be ensured. Route all electrical lines in the RF-room via RF filters.

• Equip doors leading to the RF-room with a limit switch.

• To prevent extraneous electrical fields in the examination room, the following should not be installed or used:- Telephone connections- Extensions for in-house intercom systems- Fluorescent lights- Energy saving light bulbs

Refer to "On-site electrical installation" on page 4 - 1

• The RF-integrity has to be tested and the filter plate must be installed after completion of the RF-room. Requirements regarding RF-shielding.

• The shell of the examination and magnet room has been completed

• The concrete has been covered with a vapor barrier for MR-suites located in the basement

• All openings have been made (door frames, view window, air intake and exhaust, etc.)

• If required, magnetic room shielding has been installed and prepared for attaching the RF-shielding

By using a suitable design as well as maintenance plan, the manufacturer of the cabin has to ensure that the following operate without fail: the door lock-ing, especially the door handle and locking mechanism so as to secure contin-uous access to the patient in the examination room for emergency care and evacuation.

For the Quench tube installation refer to the following chapter:

"Quench Tube" on page 9 - 1.

The floor in the vicinity of the magnet (2.2m x 4.5m) must be leveled within maximum +/- 2.0mm

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 142: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 2 RF-Room

Fig. 1 Shell of the examination room including the wall openings

The opening direction of the RF-door has to be to the outside of the RF-room. As an alternative other appropriate means have to be provided in a way that pressure built up during a quench, when the venting fails to work adequately, will not prevent the RF door of the examination room from being opened.

An opening in the RF room (see "Door opening direction / Pressure equalisa-tion opening" on page 8 - 3) of 600mm x 600mm must be installed if the RF door opens to the inside of the examination room! This is mandatory!

The opening of 600mm x 600mm is recommended even if the door opens to the outside.

Quench tube exit

RF-Filter plate

Exhaust and intakefor air conditioning

RF-shieldingViewingwindow

Opening direction to the outsideRF room doorOpening for

pressure equalisation

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 143: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 3

Door opening direction / Pressure equalisation opening 8

If your RF-room door opens to the inside, your RF-room manufacturer may be able to provide you with subsequent improvements. For new systems, the following are considered standard safety measures. We recommend to upgrade older systems to these standards.

The following alternatives are available:

- The door is reconfigured so that it opens to the outside into the control room.

- The door is replaced with an RF-sealed sliding door. It should be ensured that the door closes in a way that allows it to move away from the frame in case of overpressure, that is, it facilitates opening the door.

- The stationary observation window is replaced by a window opening into the control room.

- Panels are installed in the RF-room or the door that can be unlocked and opened to the outside in case of emergency. These panels require an RF-sealed installation. After opening the panel, the outlet should measure at least 600 x 600 mm2 . When using rectangular panels, the shorter side should measure a minimum of 60m mm in length. To ensure unobstructed venting, this opening cannot be subdivided. This means that e.g. RF-sealed honeycomb grids are not permitted. Also, easy removal of the panel by a person has to be ensured. In addition, a minimum distance of 1 meter to the next wall needs to be observed. The panel should be installed as far as possible toward the top to allow escape of the low-density helium.

- Your RF-room manufacturer can provide you with additional RF-sealed room openings that lead directly to the outside. However, these openings are also conduits for noise generated outside the RF-room. Again, these openings should be installed toward the top as far as possible to allow escape of the low-density helium. To maintain unobstructed flow through a pipe, the diameter of a 10 m long line has to measure at least 0.7 m. It is not permitted to use honeycomb grids in this line.

For doors moved via auxiliary drives (e.g. electrical or pneumatic), manual operation has to be ensured as well. An outside window should be in the vicinity to allow venting exhausted gas to the outside. After completing the remodeling, the integrity of the RF-shielding has to be tested again. If included in the installation, the observation window may be pushed in. The window usually includes wiring for the RF-shielding that needs to be worked through as well. However, rescue personnel may be injured by the resulting glass splinters. Depending on the construction and the thickness of the window, the operator has to provide suitable tools for breaking the window.

The opening direction of the RF-door has to be to the outside of the RF-room. As an alternative other appropriate means have to be provided in a way that pressure built up during a quench, when the venting fails to work adequately, will not prevent the RF door of the examination room from being opened.

An opening in the RF room (see alternatives) of 600mm x 600mm must be installed if the RF door opens to the inside of the examination room! This is mandatory!

The opening of 600mm x 600mm is recommended even if the door opens to the outside.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 144: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 4 RF-Room

The air conditioning system for the examination room has to be a separate system with a direct air vent connection to the outside of the building.

If required, the RF-room manufacturer has to perform a separate/additional RF attenuation measurement after the complete installation of the RF cabin (Magnet is positioned; RF filter plate is installed).

To operate the MR-system, the RF-room has to be grounded at the points specified in the installation instructions. All other ground connections are unacceptable.

The RF attenuation in the RF-room must be min. 90dB in the 15-128 MHz frequency range. The measured value (after installation of the RF-room on-site) must be stated in the handing over protocol of the RF-room manufacturer. A copy of this protocol has to be inserted into the system owners manual.

All components of the RF-room and the interior fittings/accessories of the examination room have to be made from non-magnetizable material. Follow manufacturers specifications and instructions.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 145: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 5

Quench tube RF cabin feed through 8

The RF cabin feed through needs to conform to certain geometry constrains, in order to guarantee the RF integrity of the RF cabin.

As a function of the inner pipe diameter di the following applies to the minimum pipe length Lmin for frequencies up to 128 MHz and 110 dB attenuation:

whereby: di ≤ 300 mm

• Bolts are placed at 30mm distance maximum to ensure RF shielding.

• Depending on RF cabin designs RF seals can be required between the mounting flange and the RF cabin.

Refer also to "Quench Tube" on page 9 - 1 for planning details!

Fig. 2 RF wave guide

1. Connection flange 2. Connection plate to the RF room

NOTE

Lmin 4.0 di×=

di

l = 4.0 x di

(d < 300mm)

l = wave guide length

d = inner wave guide diameteri

1 12

max. 30mm

max. 30m

m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 146: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 6 RF-Room

Galvanic separation 8

Galvanic separation has to be installed to avoid electrical noise being picked up by loops between the magnet, the Quench tube, the RF room and the building.

It is necessary to have one galvanic separation of the quench tube inside and one outside of the RF room.

The sketch below (Fig. 3) shows the installation parts to be used for the galvanic separation.

Fig. 3 Galvanic separation

1. Gasket 4. Stainless steel spring washer

2. Stainless steel flange 5. Stainless steel locking nut

3. UHWPE bushing 6. Stainless steel screw

1

2

3 44

56

min. 5mm

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 147: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 7

Quench tube sketch 8

Horizontal 8

Fig. 4 Quench tube, example of horizontal bellows and cabin feed through

1. Galvanic separation 5. Diffuser (Optional)

2. RF feed-through 6. Flange (e.g., welded, screw connection)

3. RF room 7. Flexible tube

4. Connection to RF room

1

34

5

7

Quench valvemagnet

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 148: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 8 RF-Room

Vertical 8

Fig. 5 Quench tube example of vertical bellows and cabin feed through

1. Galvanic separation 6. Flange (e.g., welded, screw connection)

2. RF feed-through 7. Flexible tube

3. RF room

4. Connection to RF room

5. Diffuser (optional)

1

2 34

5 Quench valvemagnet

5

7

6

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 149: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 9

RF-sealed wave guides (examples) 8

Medical gases 8

All electrically non-conductive supply lines for- oxygen, anesthetics or- fiber optic cables, etc.

routed from the outside into the RF-room must be fed through electrically conductive pipes also known as RF-sealed wave guides. They must be either welded to the RF-shielding or attached to it with screws. The RF-sealed wave guide function is as hollow wave guide which is blocking certain frequencies.

Metal pipes (e.q. technical / medical gases, water...) must be grounded at the RF-wave guide. All international / national RF-regulations and ordinances must be followed. A proper and disturbance free operation of the MAGNETOM system must be guaranteed.

Fig. 6 Diagram of RF-sealed wave guide.

Fig. 7 Med. gases

L min

d i

RF-sealed wave trapRF-shielding

e.g. welded

e.g. welded

e.g. welded

e.g copper pipe

L min

d i

RF-sealed wave trap

RF-shielding

e.g. welded

e.g.: Teflon tubing HF-DURCH

RF-WafeguideHF-Durchführung

Metal endplateMetall Abschlussplatte

Tube for e.g. med.gasesRohr für z.B. med. Gase

Welded, solderedGeschweisst, Gelötet

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 150: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 10 RF-Room

Information on medical gases 8

Only licensed firms (e.g., Dräger) are permitted to perform installations.

Up to now there were actually three ways of laying medical gas lines:

• Pipes were comprised solely of plastic tubing and were introduced into the RF-room through a 76mm feed-through. This is actually the simplest solution from a technical standpoint.

• Complete line voltage supply in copper tubing within the hospital. Copper tubing also installed inside the RF-room. The RF feed-through from the outside to the inside was established using the 76mm feed-through and synthetic tubing. In the area of the feed-throughs inside and outside of the RF room, inspection ports are required inside the suspended ceiling. Dräger performed the installation of the copper tubing and the transition with plastic tubing.

• Introducing the copper tubing directly into the RF-room via a RF-sealed copper tube. A type of mounting plate upon which the necessary number of copper tubes of the appropriate diameter are located. In the majority of cases, diameters of 8, 10, 12, and 14mm are required for the gases, while diameters of 20 or 25mm are required for suction. RF integrity can be calculated precisely using the diameter and length of the tubing.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 151: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 11

Air conditioning 8

Honeycomb wave guides consist of a large number of small hollow wave guides. Depending on their dimensions, the honeycomb wave guides block certain frequencies. The honeycomb wave guides are used as RF-sealed feed-throughs for e.g. the air intake and exhaust ducts of the air conditioning unit. Refer to the data sheets of the manufacturer for additional details.

Fig. 8 Example: RF-sealed wave guides for air intake and exhaust ducts for the air conditioning unit.

The air conditioning system for the examination room has to be a separate system with a direct air vent connection to the outside of the building.

Galvanic separatione.g. canvas

Air-conditioning ductle.g. galvanized steel duct

Honey comb wave guide

WABENKAM

RF-shielding

Examination room

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 152: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 12 RF-Room

Testing the RF-room for isolation from on-site ground 8

Definition 8

The RF-room is isolated from on-site ground, when the resistance between any of the points in the RF-room and the central protective conductor of the system is greater than or equal to 100 Ohms.

Measurement devices 8

Protective conductor meter.

Preferred method of measurement 8

• Construct the RF-room and measure the resistance between the RF-room and the central protective conductor of the system.

• Measure the resistance between the RF-room and the central protective conductor of the system each time an anchor has been set into the floor.

• After completion of the RF-room, the resistance between the RF-room and the central protective conductor of the system must exceed 100 Ohms.

• The RF-room cannot be connected to the on-site ground.

• Final measurements with the protective ground meter- Remove all protective conductor connections to the RF-room.- Measure the resistance between the RF-room and the on-site ground with the protective ground

meter.

The resistance must be >100 Ohms.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 153: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 13

RF-room designs 8

RF-Room interior 8

The following informations are important for a faultless operation of the imaging system!

• Only non-magnetic materials are to be used and installed within the RF cabin.

• A suspended ceiling must be statically suspended, i.e., not suspended with movable clamps, springs, etc.

• Corrugated rods (e.g. for air conditioning systems) in suspended ceilings must be fastened securely (galvanic contact between the corrugated rods must be guaranteed, not just lying on top of one another; a wire jumper between the rods might be useful).

• Electrical wiring, e.g. for lights, must not be resting unsecured on the suspended ceiling.

The opening direction of the RF-door has to be to the outside of the RF-room. As an alternative other appropriate means have to be provided in a way that pressure built up during a quench, when the venting fails to work adequately, will not prevent the RF door of the examination room from being opened.

An opening in the RF room (see "Door opening direction / Pressure equalisa-tion opening" on page 8 - 3) of 600mm x 600mm must be installed if the RF door opens to the inside of the examination room! This is mandatory!

The opening of 600mm x 600mm is recommended even if the door opens to the outside.

By using a suitable design as well as maintenance plan, the manufacturer of the cabin has to ensure that the following operate without fail: the door lock-ing, especially the door handle and locking mechanism so as to secure contin-uous access to the patient in the examination room for emergency care and evacuation.

If you expect noise problems the RF-Room manufacturer you are using might be able to deliver noise reduction components with the RF-room(e.g. interior; RF-window; RF-door etc.).

Adhere to the manufacturers guidelines, specifications and/or installation manuals.

Be aware to add the weight of the RF-Room and / or external iron shielding and / or noise reduction material into your static calculations!

Special devices like medical gases feed through or RF-filters for e.g. room lights could be possibly ordered from your RF-cabin supplier/manufacturer.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 154: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 14 RF-Room

Modular RF-rooms 8

The shell of the examination room must have been completed prior to assembling and installing the RF-room. The wall openings for e.g. RF-room door, view window, air intake and exhaust ducts, etc.have been made.

The modular RF-room consists of individual sections (modules) made from non-magnetizable material.

• No special structural requirements are needed for the ceiling and the walls.

• If sections of the completed modular RF-room have to be disassembled for installation-related reasons, new contact springs have to be used when re-assembling the sections.

• The modules have to be disassembled in groups from the floor to the ceiling or up to the respective corner of the RF-room. The same applies to the ceiling panels.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 155: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 15

RF room construction (example) 8

Fig. 9 door OUT

Fig. 10 Example: Floor construction for a copper-clad examination room (RF-room).

The floor in the vicinity of the magnet (2.2m x 4.5m) must be leveled within maximum +/- 2.0mm

Antistatic floor covering

e.g. particle board 19mm thick ( V100 E1)

Felt paper Concrete

RF-shieldingCu-foil min. 0.3 mm thick( Recommended thickness 0.5 mm)

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 156: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 16 RF-Room

RF room with noise damping (example) 8

Use antistatic floor covering in any case!

If particle board is used/installed make sure to reach the specifications of V100 E1(density 620...800 kg/m3; DIN 52361).

Additional information regarding the shielding for modular RF-rooms may be obtained from the manufacturer.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 157: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 17

RF filter plate 8

Wall opening 8

Fig. 11 Size of wall opening for the RF-filter plate.

CUKAB

Detail "X"

1083+4mm

X

Wal

l ope

ning

1083

+4 x

454

+4 m

m

View "A"

A

454+

4 mm

RF-filter plate

Contact spring orRF cord

Screw

wooden framee.g. wooden beams100x100 mm

RF-shielding

Interior of RF-room

RF-filter plate

RF-shielding

Wall openingfor RF-filter plate

Wooden frame

e.g. Euipment room Examinationroom

Ref

er to

Reg

. 2, c

hap.

1

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 158: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 18 RF-Room

Cutout in the RF shielding 8

Fig. 12 Cutout in the RF shielding for the filter plate

Fig. 13 Cutout in the RF shielding for the filter plate on upgrade systems.

There is an adapter kit available for mounting the Harmony/Symphony/Sonata filterplate into already existing RF-cabins in which SIEMENS MR systems like GBS 1+2, SP, Vision and Impact systems used to be installed. The part number is: 564 1316.

1083 +4

454

+4

Cutout in the RF-shieldingfor imounting the filter plate.

Holes for mounting thefilter plate to the RF-room.(Mounting hardware is not included with delivery)

RF-Shielding

FILTERP2

Covers

RF-Filter plate

RF-shielding(e.g. Filter field atthe RF- room)

Existing cutout for theRF-filter plate on-site

Remaining cutout

Remaining cutout

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 159: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 19

Checklist 8

Fig. 14 Checklist

Information summary forpreparing / planning the

RF roomand interior

Cabling/Cable traysPrepare the cable trays

as required by yourlocal codes

The systemconnectionhave to be installed in

a special way.

Separate the gradient cables, RF cables andsignal cables from each other. The distancebetween those three cable looms has to bemin. 300mm. If necessary install additionalcable trays. The cables have to be fixed to

prevent them from mooving.In some countries it is not allowed to installwater hoses in combination with electrical

cables in the same cable duct.

CeilingA suspended ceiling

must be staticallysuspended. Notsuspended withmovable clamps,

springs, etc.

Corrugated rods in suspended ceilings mustbe fastened securely (galvanic contactbetween the corrugated rods must be

guaranteed, not just lying on top of oneanother; a wire jumper between the rods

might be useful).Cable trays and the mounting brackets for the

cable trays have to be fixed securely.All loose metal connections will end up in

"Spikes".Additional materials e.g. for sound damping

or thermal insulation have to be fixedpropperly to prevent "Spikes". Metal materials

(e.g. aluminium, copper, brass) have to begrounded to the RF room.

NOTE

NOTE

RF doorThe RF door openingdirection should be to

the outside of theRF-room

The main RF-room entry door should open tothe outside! This is for safety reasons in

cases when a pressure built up inside theexamination room occurs.

If, e.g. due to constructional reasons, thedoor has to open to the inside as an

alternative other appropriate means have tobe provided in a way that pressure built upduring a quench, when the venting fails to

work adequately, will not prevent the RF doorof the examination room from being opened

NOTE

Inside the examination room the use offerromagnetic materials/components is

permitted!This is especially valid if replacable/not

permanent fixed parts are used (e.g. lamp-holders; ventilation flaps). Those parts, if

used, have to be secured safely to preventthem from being cought by the force of

attraction of the magnet.

GeneralInside the examinationroom the use of ferromagnetic materialsis NOT permitted

NOTE

Quench ventThe qunch vent has to

be installed as perrequirements out of the

Planning Guide

The quench vent/tube has to be installed likerequested in the Qunch vent section ofPlanning Guide.

The material for the quench vent has to beas requestet in the Quench vent section.

The quench tube must begalvanical separated from the RF room.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 160: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 20 RF-Room

Controlled access area 8

For MR EQUIPMENT that generates a stray field exceeding 0,5 mT outside its permanently attached cover, and/or an electromagnetic interference level that does not comply with IEC 60601-1-2; 1993, the technical description - shall indicate the necessity to define and permanently install a CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA around the MR EQUIPMENT such that outside this area

a) the magnetic fringe field strength shall not exceed 0,5 mT and

b) electromagnetic interference level complies to IEC 60601-1-2: 1993; - shall give clear recommendations as to how this CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA shall be delimited, e.g. by markings on the floor, barriers and/or other means to allow the responsible staff to adequately control access to this area by unauthorized persons; and - shall state that the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA should be labelled at all entries by appropriate warning signs, including an indication of the presence of magnetic fields and their attractive force or the torque on ferromagnetic materials.

When the MR EQUIPMENT is designed for installation in a room in which audio visual contact to the PATIENT is likely to be limited, the technical descriptions shall specify provisions in the design of the room and in the EQUIPMENT to enable audio and visual contact with the PATIENT during the MR EXAMINATION. The audio visual contact shall be sufficient not to hamper the possible need for MEDICAL SUPERVISION of the PATIENT.

When the installation of a CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA is required for the MR EQUIPMENT, the INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

- shall state clearly, that it is the responsibility of the USER to follow local statutory requirements with respect to access to the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA;

-shall specify, preferably accompanied by a sketch, the size and shape of the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA;

- shall indicate the need to establish adequate rules for controlling access to the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA in terms of the potential risk to PATIENTS and staff within the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA from the attraction of objects containing iron or other magnetically active materials or from torque on such metallic materials and the potential risk to persons inadvertently entering the area who may be affected by the possible dysfunction of their medical implants such a pacemakers;

The project manager has to inform the customer to protect the controlled access area (0.5mT) with e.g. the delivered warning signs (or markings on the floor or an alternative adequate solution). All doors leading into the 0.5mT area must be identified/protected with a warning sign. The project manager provides the customer with the position of the 0.5mT line based on, e.g., a table from the planning guide that shows the distances or the customer site drawings that indicate the 0.5mT line. The warning sign “cardiac pacemaker” is, e.g., for identifying the 0.5mT line. The warning sign “strong magnetic field” is, e.g., for identifying the entrance doors into the examination room or the 0.5mT line

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 161: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

RF-Room 8 - 21

- shall list EQUIPMENT and tools specified or recommended by the MANUFACTURER for use in the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA. For all EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES or tools listed, a description should be given of special measures that are needed, if any, for its installation as well as special pre-cautions, if any, for their use

- shall state clearly that peripheral equipment, including PATIENT monitoring, life supporting devices and emergency care equipment, which are not specified or recommended for use in the CONTROLLED ACCESS AREA, may be disturbed by the radio frequency field or the magnetic fringe field of the MR EQUIPMENT and that this peripheral equipment may also disturb the proper function of the MR EQUIPMENT.

Used DIN norms 8

Shielding attenuation measurements are normally carried out in compliance with the following standards:

• EN 50147-1 (European standard)

• NSA 65-6 (American standard)

• MIL STD 285 (American standard)

• IEEE 299 (1997)

The various methods for measuring are established and described within the standard. It is, therefore, common for us to determine certification measurements with the respective customer as early as the quotation and planning phase.

For magnetic field strengths less than 0,5 mT no administrative controls are required.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 162: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

8 - 22 RF-Room

List of RF-room manufacturers 8

Upon request some of the RF-room manufacturers will install the quench tube, air conditioning and the interior of the RF-room. A fringe field measurement and RF measurements after the complete installation can be ordered at some of the RF-room manufacturers as well.

RF foom manufacturers

Siemens AG

Medical Solutions Department MRL A2 Allee am Röthelheimpark 2 91052 Erlangen

phone: +49 (0) 9131/84-7747 fax: +49 (0) 9131/84-3910

Albatross Projects GmbH

Daimlerstrasse 17 89564 Nattheim / Germany

phone: +49 (0) 7321 / 730-543 fax.: +49 (0) 7321 / 730-590

http://www.albatross-projects.de

Lindgren-Rayproof Ltd (Europe)

Boulten Road, Pin Green Industrial Aerea Stevenage, Hertfordshire SG1 4th England

phone:+44 1438-730-700 fax:+44 1438-730-750 www.lindgren-rayproof.com

Lindgren RF Enclosures, Inc. (Rest of World)

400 High Grove Blvd. Glendale Heights IL 60139 U.S.A.

phone: +1 630-307-7200 fax: +1 630-307-7571 www.lindgrenrf.com

IMEDCO AG

Medical RF and Magnetic Shielding Specialists Industriestrasse West 14 CH 4614 Hägendorf Switzerland

phone.: +41 62-20940-20 fax.: +41 62-20940-29 e-mail: [email protected] http://www.imedco.ch oder http://www.imedco-shielding.com

MR-Schutztechnik

Kabinenbaugesellschaft MBH Dammweg 13 D 64807 Dieburg

phone: +49 (0) 6071 985710 fax: +49 (0) 6071 985711 e-mail: [email protected] http://www.mr-schutztechnik.de

Schwarz GmbH& Co. KG

HF- Abschirmtechnik Löhestrasse 49 D 53773 Hennef

phone: +49 (0) 2242 96978-0 fax: +49 (0) 2242 96978-79 e-mail: [email protected]

The RF room manufacturers ensure compliance with the specifications, e.g. 90 dB attenuation from 15 to 128 MHz of the installed RF-shielding (depending on the System operating frequency). The RF shielding will be tested by the manufacturer of the RF-room using special measurement devices after the RF room is installed. The test will be confirmed via a protocol which has to be filed in the customers logbook.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 163: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 1

Quench Tube 9

General 9

In the event of a quench, the thermal energy dissipated causes an extremely rapid boil off of the liquid helium. The system must be capable of venting the large volume of gas generated at the approximate expansion ratio of 1:700 from liquid at 4.2 K to room temperature gas. The exhaust system is critical for the safe operation of the magnet, and the guidelines set out in this section must be followed. Since helium vented in a quench is an asphyxiant and an extremely cold gas, the quench tube must always end at a point where access by people is not possible. This is similar to venting dangerous gases in chimneys.

Planning and installation of quench tubes must be conducted by qualified personnel. Note that components used for other tubing, e.g., in air conditioning or room venting, are generally not suitable for quench tube construction.

It is the responsibility of the operator of the equipment to ensure that the quench tube pipe is maintained in an operable state.

Basis for design calculations 9

Calculating the pressure drop along the quench tube during a quench is complex due to the compress-ibility of gas and the heat inputs along the length of the tube, which affect the gas density.

The sizing procedure relies upon tabulated data, which are used in simple arithmetic calculations. The tables are based on empirical data derived from quench test pressure loss measurement. An example of the sizing process is contained in the following section: "Quench tube sizing example" on page 9 - 15.

The quench tube design has to comply with the requirements specified in this document. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to accept the installation of the quench tube before the magnet is connected!

The quench tube outlet, as well as the quench tube, must be easily accessible for visual inspection!

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 164: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 2 Quench Tube

Quench tube components checklist 9

The following specific design rules apply to the components making up the quench tube:

1. The quench tube will comprise straight, hydraulically smooth tube sections, bends (up to 90°) and a diffuser if required (Fig. 8). The end of the tube must be terminated in a way to prevent ingress of rain, snow, and foreign objects (Fig. 1; Fig. 2). Flexible sections are used to connect to the magnet, and as expansion joints ("Principle layout of a quench tube example 1." on page 9 - 15). If a quench line is very short and straight, a flexible tube may be used for the whole of the quench line. Note however that due to the high pressure drop, the maximum permissible length of flexible tubes is very short as compared to straight tubes.

2. The quench tube must be made from a non-magnetic material. Only stainless steel grades AISI 304, 309, 316, and 321 [EN 1.4301, 1.4828, 1.4401, and 1.4878] may be used.

3. Due consideration must be given to thermal contraction (up to 3 mm/meter for stainless steel). Stainless steel bellows sections must be used to allow for adequate contraction. Bellows are to be fitted at a minimum of every 10 m. The movement of the bellows must be limited so that the pipe does not expand excessively under internal pressure.

The length of the bellows sections in total may not exceed 2% of the allowed maximum pipe length, in order that the pipe pressure drop does not increase excessively. The weight of the tube must be supported against the building. In order that the line suspension is not overstressed due to the thermal contraction, the suspension needs to be flexible enough to accommodate the movements. Also, the wall exit in general should not be fixed hard to the wall. The maximum internal pressure of the pipe in the design calculations is 0.1 bar. The maximum permissible pressure, however, needs to be 0.45 bar. The quench line has to be constructed in accordance with sound engineering practice.

4. There must be a flexible section at the quench valve in order to reduce noise transmission, ease the fitting of the quench tube, and so that the quench valve does not carry any load from the weight of the quench tube. The flexible section at the quench tube should be about 0,3m to 0,5m in length, the internal diameter must be at least 0.102 m (4"). It is to be made of stainless steel, and has to be able to withstand a maximum permissible pressure of 0.45 bar over atmosphere. The flexible section has to be installed nominally straight, i.e., to allow for minor misalignment. It must not be bent in a way to replace an elbow. The length of this section should be accounted for according to Tab. 2.

5. Joints may only be made by welding (by stainless steel qualified welders), or by bolted flanges. Rotary flanges are permitted to ease the installation process. Vee clamped flanges may not be used. Gaskets used to seal section joints are to be made of either UHMW-PE [Cestilene HD1000, Hostalen GC579, or Hostalen GUR812], PTFE [BS EN 13000-1:1998, BS EN 13000-2:1998], or fiber [ASTM F36, BS 7531, DIN 3754P]. No other materials are permitted.

Flexible tubes and bellows may only be made of stainless steel.

(For material grades see paragraph 2.)

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 165: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 3

6. The end of the quench pipe must be protected from outside elements such as rain or snow. It will be fitted with a wire mesh. The mesh size is to be 10±1 mm [3/8"], with 1 mm round wires, to prevent ingress of foreign bodies [e.g., birds and rodents]. The area of the mesh must be at least 2.5 times the cross-section area of the quench tube (Fig. 2).

7. Where the quench tube exits through a flat roof, the outlet must be above a level where water could enter it in the event of the roof drains becoming blocked. Where the quench tube exits vertically, a rain shield must be fitted(Fig. 1). A deflector plate must be welded to the tube where it exits the roof to prevent helium from re-entering the building (Fig. 1). The deflector plate must be at least the same diameter as the rain guard. It must be located at least two pipe diameters above the roof, and two diameters below the bottom of the rain guard. In the case of a horizontal exit through a wall, the outlet must be turned down by not less than the pipe diameter to prevent rain ingress (Fig. 1). The exit must be situated where it cannot be blocked by drifting snow.

8. To avoid the risk of injury from cold burns and asphyxiation, access to the quench tube must be restricted by 3 m each side and below, and 6 m vertically above the exit; warning signs must be put up (Fig. 1). The exit must not be situated where, in case of a quench, helium gas might be drawn into an air inlet, or where gas might enter open windows. Note that helium is lighter than air, even when very cold. The cold gas must not be allowed to blow directly onto a window.

9. All bends must be smooth walled and have a centerline radius to internal pipe diameter ratio in the range 1.5 to 5.0. Where a one-piece bend is not readily available, a fabricated bend using straight sections is permissible (Fig. 6).

10. Mitred elbows (Fig. 7) may be used, but be aware of the much greater equivalent length (Tab. 3), which makes them very unfavorable.

11. Expansion from a small to a large tube diameter will be accomplished using a diffuser. Diffusers will conform to the geometric parameters shown in Fig. 8. Never reduce the diameter of a line in the downstream direction.

The area of the mesh must be at least 2.5 times the cross-section area of the quench tube.

Only the examples of pipe exits in this guide may be used.

Where windows are within the restricted access area, they must be sealed and permanently closed. Means of opening the windows must be removed.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 166: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 4 Quench Tube

12. The pipe is to be insulated along its full length. This is to avoid condensation of liquid air in case of a quench, as well as water condensation on the inside in humid weather conditions. A double-walled structure is allowed. Mineral fiber insulation (brands such as Rockwool Ductwrap or other) must not be less than 25 mm thick. The insulation must conform to local regulations for fibrous insulation materials. Within the RF room, the pipe is to be insulated with one layer of mineral fiber insulation 25 mm thick with vapor barrier, covered with one layer of 25 mm thick Class O Armaflex [Armacell]. Vapor barriers must not make electrical contact between the magnet pipework and the wave guide, in order to avoid RF disturbance to the imaging system. The outside may be covered with an aesthetic finish. Outdoor pipes must be covered if access cannot be excluded at the pipe or below (dripping liquid air in case of a quench). Outside insulation must be weatherproof [e.g., Armafinish FR paint, or Arma-Chek insulation].

13. The pipe must be marked along its length with a warning tape stating its function, e.g., "WARNING: Vent pipe for extremely cold helium gas - work only by authorized personnel."

14. In order to achieve galvanic separation between the imaging system, the RF room (cabin), and the building, two galvanic separations are required. The separation at the magnet has to be made at the magnet exhaust flange, using stainless steel bolts, insulating bushes and locking nuts. The same principle is to be used outside the cabin.

15. The quench tube design has to comply with the requirements specified in this document. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to accept the installation of the quench tube before the magnet is connected.

16. Documentation:

For safety reasons, no other designs are permitted.

The design and construction of the quench pipe needs to be documented in drawings and calculations, and kept with the installation documents.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 167: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 5

Fig. 1 Example of a vertical quench tube exhaust

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere - Vertical.

1.9D

2D

2D D

Dia of rain guard

D

D

Mesh

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere - Horizontal.

D 2D 1.6D

Mesh

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 168: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 6 Quench Tube

Fig. 2 Example of a horizontal quench tube exhaust

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere - Horizontal.

D

Greater 10 deg cone angle

D

Mesh area 2.5 x tube area

45 deg

D

Mesh

2D

D

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere - Horizontal.

D

Greater 10 deg cone angle

D

Mesh area 2.5 x tube area

45 deg

D

Mesh

2D

D

D

Mesh

2D

D

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 169: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 7

Fig. 3 Example of a horizontal quench tube venting to the outside flush with wall.

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere - Horizontal.

D

D

2D

Mesh 2.5 x pipe area.

In side or rear face

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 170: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 8 Quench Tube

Fig. 4 Example of a mobile quench tube exhaust

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere – Horizontal for Mobiles.

D

D

2D

Mesh 2 x pipe area.In side or rear face

D

D

Mesh 2 x pipe areain rear face

Drain tube5 mm internal diameter

2.5 m

Quench Tube Outlet to Atmosphere – Horizontal for Mobiles.

D

D

2D

Mesh 2 x pipe area.In side or rear face

D

D

Mesh 2 x pipe areain rear face

Drain tube5 mm internal diameter

2.5 m

Mesh 2.5 x pipe areain side or rear face

Mesh 2.5 x pipe areain rear face

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 171: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 9

Fig. 5 Example of quench tube venting to the outside.

Quench tube outlet to the atmosphere

Example of a warning sign:

Warning:Keep away, Extremely cold gas

may be exhausted with no warning.

Do not work on the ventingif the magnet is at field.

window

window window

window

quench vent outlet

3m

3m

6m

3m

NO WINDOWS INTHIS AREA

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 172: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 10 Quench Tube

Sizing procedure 9

The sizing procedure for the quench tube must follow the steps outlined below.

1. Define the length of the flexible tube to be used (typically 0.5 m). Calculate the share of the maximum permissible length used by the flexible tube (Tab. 2).

2. Determine the approximate length of tube required to reach from the flexible tube to the end of the quench tube, where it exits to atmosphere. In terms of the pressure loss along the tube during a quench, the apparent length of the tube is longer due to the extra frictional losses around the bends. As a first approximation, pick a diameter from Tab. 1, Tab. 2.

3. Layout line with bend elbows. Check bend radius to diameter ratio for all elbows (Fig. 6; Fig. 7)

4. The apparent length (LA) is calculated as LA = L1 + L2 +...+ Lm + E1 + E2 +...+ En, where L1..m are the straight lengths and E1..n are the effective bend loss lengths from table Tab. 3.

5. Check whether the resulting LA is within the limit allowed in Tab. 1, Tab. 2. If the line is longer than allowed, go to a larger diameter and repeat steps 2,3 and 4.

6. Determine the correct length for a diffuser, if required.

7. Determine the required size for the protective rain guard.

8. If there is a need to use more than one diameter for the line, calculate the percentages of the maximum permissible tube lengths for each diameter from table Tab. 1, Tab. 2. The sum of all percentages, including the flexible section at the magnet needs to remain below 100%.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 173: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 11

Quench line elbows 9

Fig. 6 Quench line elbow types

Fig. 7 Mitred elbow

R

D

R/D >1.5 and < 5

R

Recommended onepiece elbow

Minimum foursection elbow

D

R

D

R/D >1.5 and < 5

R

Recommended onepiece elbow

Minimum foursection elbow

D

Mitred elbowNOTE: very high pressure loss

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 174: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 12 Quench Tube

Diffuser 9

Fig. 8 Diffuser

D1flow direction

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 175: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 13

Maximum permissible tube lengths 9

Smooth pipe 9

Flexible convoluted tube 9

Smooth pipe

Diameter of pipe Length of pipe

m inches m feet

0.102 4 6.72 22

0.127 5 14.4 47

0.152 6 28.0 92

0.178 7 48.9 160

0.203 8 82.2 270

0.229 9 135.9 446

0.254 10 218.5 717

Tab. 1 Maximum permitted tube lengths smooth pipe

Flexible convoluted tube

Diameter of pipe Length of pipe

m inches m feet

0.102 4 1.92 6

0.127 5 4.0 13

0.152 6 7.9 26

0.178 7 15.0 49

0.203 8 27.1 89

Tab. 2 Maximum permitted tube lengths flexible convoluted tube

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 176: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 14 Quench Tube

Effective length of bends 9

EFFECTIVE LENGTH PER ELBOW, meters (m)

Pipe diameter 90o 45o 90o 45o 90o

meters inches smooth smooth segmented segmented Mitred

0.102 4 1.15 0.75 2.0 1.3 6.7

0.127 5 1.44 0.94 2.5 1.65 8.4

0.152 6 1.73 1.12 3.0 2.0 10.1

0.178 7 2.07 1.35 3.6 2.3 11.8

0.203 8 2.42 1.57 4.2 2.73 13.4

0.229 9 2.65 1.73 4.6 3.0 15.4

0.254 10 2.94 1.91 5.1 3.32 16.9

Tab. 3 Effective length of bends (total frictional loss of bend)

Interpolate for values between 0o - 45o and 45o - 90o.

Data only to be used for bends where R/D is in the range 1.5 to 5.0, except for right angle mitred joints.

One Quench valve elbow (the 90o bend delivered as part of the magnet) could be used and is accounted for in these calculations. Note that a second quench valve elbow would take 25% of the maximum permissible length.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 177: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 15

Quench tube sizing example 9

It is determined that the quench tube will need to be about 12 metres in length. The tube includes two elbows. A 0.102m (4") flexible tube of the length Lf = 0.5m connects the quench tube to the outlet of the quench valve (Fig. 9).

DEFINITIONS:

L1.....Lm Straight section length

E1.....En Effective length per elbow

Fig. 9 Principle layout of a quench tube example 1.

L1 (2 m)E1 (1.73 m)

L3 (6.0 m) Lf (0.5 m)L2 (3 m)

E2 (3 m)

bellows

diffusermagnet

flexible tube

RF room (cabin)

cabin galvanic separator

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 178: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 16 Quench Tube

1. From Tab. 2 the permissible length of 0.102m (4") flexible tube is 1.92m. A 0.5m long tube accounts for 0.5m/1.92m = 26% of the total permissible length.

2. The required 12 metres of the quench tube should not exceed the remaining 74% of the total permissible length. Take 12m * 100% / 74% = 16.2 m. From Tab. 1 select a diameter for the tube that will contain the length required. In this case 0.52m (6") gives a maximum permissible length of 28 metres.

3. Check if bend radius to diameter ratio is larger than 1.5 (Fig. 6). A commercially available smooth walled elbow has an R/D ratio of 2. It can be used for bend 1. It is necessary to use a tighter elbow for bend 2. Since a one piece pipe is not available it is decided that a 5 segment fabricated pipe will be used where R/D = 1.5. The effective lengths are taken from Tab. 3.

4. Determine apparent length LA. LA = L1 + E1+ L2+E2+L3= = 2 + *1.73 + 3 + *3 +6= = 15.73 m (* : taken from Tab. 3)

5. The apparent length of 15.73m should take less than 74% of the permissible length. Take 15.73m * 100% / 74% = 21.26m. This is less than the maximum permissible length of 28m (Tab. 1) and the pipe size selected is acceptable.

6. A diffuser is required to connect the 0.102m outlet on the quench valve to the 0.152m ID pipe. From Fig. 8 the length of the diffuser is 0.128m min. The longer the diffuser the better so in this instance because space permits, a diffuser 1 metre long is used. It is acceptable to count the diffuser length to the straight length.

Section Effective length in m

1 2.00

2 3.00

3 6.00

Elbow 1 1.73

Elbow 2 3.00

Total 15.73

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 179: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 17

7. A horizontal outlet is chosen, dimensions as in Fig. 10

8. The total percentage used so far is 15.73m/28m + 0.5m/1.92m = 56% + 26% = 82%. Any further length tubing may only use the remaining 18% of its permissible length.

Fig. 10 Principle layout of a quench tube outlet.

Mesh

0.152m

0.152m

0.304m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 180: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 18 Quench Tube

Galvanic separation 9

Galvanic separation has to be installed to avoid electrical noise being picked up by loops between the magnet, the Quench tube, the RF room and the building.

It is necessary to have one galvanic separation of the quench tube inside and one outside of the RF room.

The sketch below (Fig. 11) shows the installation parts to be used for the galvanic separation.

Fig. 11 Galvanic separation

1. Gasket 4. Stainless steel spring washer

2. Stainless steel flange 5. Stainless steel locking nut

3. UHWPE bushing 6. Stainless steel screw

1

2

3 44

56

min. 5mm

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 181: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 19

Quench tube RF cabin feed through 9

The RF cabin feed through needs to conform to certain geometry constrains, in order to guarantee the RF integrity of the RF cabin.

As a function of the inner pipe diameter di the following applies to the minimum pipe length Lmin for frequencies up to 128 MHz and 110 dB attenuation:

whereby: di ≤ 300 mm

• Bolts are placed at 30mm distance maximum to ensure RF shielding.

• Depending on RF cabin designs RF seals can be required between the mounting flange and the RF cabin.

Fig. 12 RF wave guide

1. Connection flange 2. Connection plate to the RF room

Lmin 4.0 di×=

di

l = 4.0 x di

(d < 300mm)

l = wave guide length

d = inner wave guide diameteri

1 12

max. 30mm

max.30m

m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 182: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 20 Quench Tube

Quench tube sketch 9

Horizontal 9

Fig. 13 Quench tube, example of horizontal bellows and cabin feed through

1. Galvanic separation 5. Diffuser (Optional)

2. RF feed-through 6. Flange (e.g., welded, screw connection)

3. RF room 7. Flexible tube

4. Connection to RF room

1

34

5

7

Quench valvemagnet

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 183: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Quench Tube 9 - 21

Vertical 9

Fig. 14 Quench tube example of vertical bellows and cabin feed through

1. Galvanic separation 6. Flange (e.g., welded, screw connection)

2. RF feed-through 7. Flexible tube

3. RF room

4. Connection to RF room

5. Diffuser (optional)

1

2 34

5 Quench valvemagnet

5

7

6

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 22 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 184: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

9 - 22 Quench Tube

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 22 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 185: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

10 - 1

Cryogen supply 10

General 10

For satisfactory operation of the MR system, liquid as well as gaseous helium is required.

Because of the physical characteristics and the price of liquid helium, the cryogen has to be handled according to the special instructions given in the subsequent pages.

As early as in the planning phase, the structural and logistic aspects of gas supply for the MR system have to be established.

The liquid helium is transported in containers especially designed for this purpose (dewars).

Structural requirements 10

Since the vessel dimensions for liquid and gaseous helium must meet certain specifications, the follow-ing issues have to be clarified with the supplier prior to delivery:

1. Access routes

2. Width of doors

3. Size of elevators

4. Height of rooms and hallways

5. Temporary and permanent storage area for gas cylinders

6. Load capacity and condition of transport routes

Every reputable supplier provides liquid helium dewars of non-magnetizable material. However, cylinders for gaseous helium are usually made from mag-netic material. These cylinders must remain outside the vicinity of the magnet when it is energized.

To move the Helium dewars into the MR-suite, evaluate the height and width of all access routes and doorways during the planning phase.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 4 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 186: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

10 - 2 Cryogen supply

Transport methods for helium 10

Liquid helium is transported from the supplier to the magnet in dewars holding between 100 to 450 liters of liquid helium. The dewars are transported in special trucks equipped with an elevator platform. Special containers are available for air-freighting liquid helium.

Dimensions of the dewars 10

After the transport routes have been determined, the dewars and the refill equipment required have to be established.

The following items require clarification:

1. Dimension and fill capacity of dewars?

2. Pressurized or non-pressurized dewar?

3. Supplier provides a full set of refill equipment?

4. The syphon attaches to the magnet?

The following suppliers provide a full set of refill equipment:

- Linde AG- Messergriesheim GmbH- Air Products GmbH

Delivery of magnet 10

The magnet is shipped cold (standard case). 10

The magnet is shipped warm (exception). 10

The magnet is cooled on-site with- approx. 2000 l liquid nitrogen- approx. 3500 l liquid helium- approx. 10 He cylinders (200 bar / 50 l / 99.99% grade 4 purity)

The liquid cryogenic should be available on-site at the time planned for start-up of the magnet.

Magnets that are shipped cold leave the factory with a fill level of approx. 70%.

To keep helium boil-off to a minimum, the refrigerator (cold head) should be put in operation as soon as the magnet arrives at the site.

Special equipment is required for filling the magnet.

Technical support as well as equipment (pumps, leak tester, flange, etc.) are available from OMT.

To avoid start-up delays, clarify the logistics and technical details pertaining to deliveries of warm magnets in advance.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 4 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 187: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Cryogen supply 10 - 3

Boil-off rate and helium level for OR24 / OR47 magnets 10

Before the magnet is installed or energized, the helium level is measured with the helium service level meter (Siemens item number 99 00 176 RE 999).

Helium content 10

Boil-off rates 10

Without cold head running the liquid Helium will boil off from 70% lHe to 0% lHe in 24 days (2.9% / day)

• With cold head app. 0.11% = 1.8 liters / day

• Without cold head 2.9% / day

• 1% lHe level equals app. 16.5 liter lHe

• LHe boil off typ. stand-by 0.075 l/h

Helium content

Magnet type liters at 100% liters at 30%

1.0T OR 24 1806 454

1.5T OR 70 1710 436

Fig. 1 Diagram: Helium levels

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

0

3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 96 99

OR 24 and OR 70 Helium Levels

Displayed percentage

Vol

ume

in li

ters

OR 24 OR 70

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 4 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 188: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

10 - 4 Cryogen supply

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 4 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 189: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 1

Options 11

Host PC MRSC 11

For the option MRSC a on site power outlet has to be installed in the close vicinity of the MRC (see "on-site electrical installation for details").

If the control room is used as a patient preparation room and the MRSC is located inside this room a patient or other persons which are not members of the operators team must not be able to reach the MRSC console within 1.5m for safety reasons.

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 22 kg

Heat dissipation to air ≤ 700 W

Power consumption 654 VA

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety max. 1 mT

Size (height X width X depth) in mm 460 X 280 X 685

Fig. 1 Host PC front Fig. 2 Host PC rear

The Host computer has to be positioned at the MRSC console.The free cable length between Host PC and Imager is 23.0m.The connection for the modem is located at the rear side of the Host PC. The network connection as well.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 190: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 2 Options

Host / Imager container 11

Item Size (L X W X H) in mm

450 mm Host container 450 X 800 X 700

600 mm Host plus Imager container 600 X 850 X 700

Fig. 3 Host PC container Fig. 4 Host PC container

The picture Fig. 3 shows the 450 mm Host container.

Refer to the actual price book for details.

The 600 mm container is for one PC only, ether the Host or the Imager PC!

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 191: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 3

Table top transport trolley 11

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 132 kg / 290.4 lb

Size (height X width X length) in mm 1000 X 670 X 1810

Overall length including removable table top in mm 2445

Fig. 5 Dimensions: Patient transport trolley.

The floor in the vicinity of the magnet (2.2m x 4.5m) must be leveled within maximum +/- 2.0mm to use the option.

Due to the adjusting tolerance the trolley can be used for one system only.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 192: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 4 Options

In-room MRC 11

See notes on the next page!

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 63 kg / 138.2 lb

Fig. 6 Dimensions for the in-room MRC

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 193: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 5

Fig. 7 In-room MRC

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 194: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 6 Options

For planning purpose it is important to know the following: 11

When the In-room MRC is installed a transformer has to be installed inside the examination room at the filter plate. A special position with already prepared bolts on the filter plate is prepared.

If due to any reason (e.g. sound reduction; thick wall) the cutout in the wall/sound reduction construction for the filter plate is exactly the same dimensions as the outer dimension of the filter plate the transformer can not be mounted to the filter plate!

The transformer has to be mounted in this case in the close vicinity of the RF filter of the filter plate. The cable length is 700mm.

Fig. 8 Transformer

• RF filter plate

• Sound reduction and/or wall

• Transformer

• Power cable

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 195: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 7

Foots witch 11

Functionality 11

The foots witch / kneeling chair allows starting and stopping selected sequences at the MR system. The push button contains no electronics and transmits signals to a converter via air pressure.

Components 11

The foots witch consists of two components:- Foots witch (kneeling chair optional)

The foots witch is located in the RF cabin. It has two buttons "Start" and "Stop". The signals are transmitted pneumatically to the converter via two air hoses.

- Signal converter

The converter is located at the back side of the MR operating console. It converts the pneumatic signals of the foots witch or kneeling chair into electrical signals that are transmitted to the host com-puter via a RS232 interface and the adapter card.

Contents of the kit- foots witch (kneeling chair optional)- signal converter- hose assembly, 35m- RS232 interface cable - accessories (mounting material, power cable, connector, feed-through plate)

Fig. 9 Foots witch

The foots witch is located inside the examination room.

The connections of the foots witch are fed through the filter plate. The required adapter is part of the delivery volume.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 196: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 8 Options

Fig. 10 Converter

Fig. 11 Feed through

The signal convertor has to be mounted in the close vicinity of the console electronics components.

The feed through has to be mounted to the filter plate. Therefore a blind plate has to be removed.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 197: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 9

Additional Monitor 11

Fig. 12 Cabling for the additional monitor

H

V

Comp out2Sync

Video

Keyboard

OE

LCD Colour Display

MRC

Mains distributor 230VAC

Host PC

Keyboard

Mouse

Video board

Mouse distributor

Out

Mouse

InRoom MRC

In Out1 Out2LWL out1

LWL out2

LWL out3

AC

AC

AC

R

G

B

H

V

R

G

B

H

V

R

G

B

150mFiber optic cable

Additional Monitor

Signalconverter

115 / 230V~

2m 3m

2m

On-sitePower outlets

Video distributor

3m

3m

Console electronic

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 9 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 198: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 10 Options

Patient supervision unit 11

Special video camera integrated in the back magnet cover ring for observing the patient. Color LCD monitor maybe positioned at the operator’s console or at a convenient wall location

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 4.5 kg

Cooling convection

Power consumption 20 W max.

Operating temp. +15°C - +30°C

Humidity (non condensing) 40% - 80%

Power supply 115/230VAC +/- 10% automatic selection

Limit value for magnetic flux density for operating safety max. mT

Size (height X width X depth) in mm 314 x 312 x 94.6 / 180 at pedestal

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 10 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 199: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Op

tion

s11 - 11

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 11 of 38M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

Fig. 1

3

Patient m

onitor

Page 200: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

11 - 12O

ptio

ns

Fig. 14

P

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 12 of 38S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

atient Monitor

Page 201: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 13

Multi Nuclei Spectroscopy 11

The X-Nucleus Spectroscopy option enables MR imaging and MR spectroscopy at proton resonance frequency and seven other nuclear resonance frequencies.

The option includes "Single Voxel Spectroscopy" with proton resonance, "Chemical shift imaging" (CSI) as well as "Spectroscopy Postprocessing". Another option is the 31P spectroscopy.

All components are part of the delivery volume. Since there is a lot of mechanical work involved calculate min. two days for installing this option.

Fig. 15 RF-amplifier

Fig. 16 Converter

Fig. 17 Cable set RFPA, SAMI

The RF-amplifier (RFPA; E6 "CORA") for the broadband spectroscopy option will be mounted into the CCA cabinet.

The "sami" has to be mounted to the filter plate. A blind plate will be replaced by the "sami".

The delivered cable set for the broadband spectroscopy will fit all existing cable sets.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 202: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 14 Options

Coil storage cart 11

Technical Data

Weight without coils ≤ 50 kg / 110 lb

Fig. 18 Dimensions for coil storage cart.

1354

150

1038 540

500

1125

max

. 127

5 *1

1020

Coil storage cart with louver closed *1 with respect to the CP Body Array- or CP Neck Array coil

SPUWA003

Source reference:Schreinerei PoppErlanger Str. 1791083 BaiersdorfTel.: 09133/896

Coil storage cartItem no.: 47 61 651 K 2200

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 203: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 15

Surface coils 11

The following table gives an overview of the surface coil size.

Surface coil length in mm width in mm height in mm weight in kg

CP Head Array 480 300 340 5.8

CP Spine Array 1040 490 150 8.8

CP Neck Array 490 310 1.6

CP Body Array Flex 325 360 36 1.0

CP Body Array Extender 325 360 36 1.0

Peripheral CP Angio Array Coil (PAA coil) 970 335 6.0

Large FOV Adapter for Peripheral Angiography

CP Breast Array 405 335 6.0

Shoulder Array Coil

CP Extremity Coil 405 530 6.5

Double Loop Array Coil 1.1

Flex Coil Interface

CP Flex Coil, large 210 520 0.5

CP Flex Coil, small 170 360 0.4

Loop Flex Coil, large 0.4

Loop Flex Coil, small 0.3

Endorectal Coil and Interface

8 Channel Head Coil 360sled: 635

280sled: 320

305sled: 65

8.1

6 Channel Body Coil, anterior 316 460 36 1.5

6 Channel Body Coil, posterior 316 460 36 1.5

Heart Liver Coil 31P

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 204: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 16 Options

Coil shelf design example 11

In addition to the coil storage cart there is the possibility to supply a coil shelf locally. The coil shelf shown in the picture below is just a proposal and might not meet the customer needs.

The width of the coil shelf should be 600 mm.

Fig. 19 Coil shelf

1700

1600

400

400

300

300

200

200

850

CP Head Array CP Extremity

CP Breast Array

Cushions

Cushions

CP Spine Array

CP Neck Array CP Body Array

Flex Coils

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 205: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 17

Patient transport trolley 3 11

Application 11

Height-adjustable patient transport trolley specially designed for use in examination rooms containing MAGNETOM systems. It permits the transport of non-ambulatory patients into the examination room.

The head-end may be tilted up to approximately 75o.

Technical Data

Weight ≤ 130 kg / 286 lb

Max. patient weight ≤ 160 kg / 352 lb

Max. load at head-end ≤ 60 kg / 132 lb

Fig. 20 Dimensions of patient transport trolley 3.

639

2154

655

-- 9

65

TRANSPO3

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 206: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 18 Options

OR-table 11

The OR table can be manually rotated from the OR position in front of the magnet and from there be passed on to the scanner. The OR position is outside the range of the magnetic fringe field where there is no noticeable effect on ferromagnetic objects. According to the needs during surgery the table can be tilted, adjusted in height and rotated around its longitudinal axis. The advantages of high field strength, such as improved image quality, shorter imaging times, special high-field applications (Perfu-sion, Diffusion, BOLD Imaging, Spectroscopy) can now be used also during surgery.

The magnet is positioned on Sylomer/Sylodamp pads. The difference on height could be up to 50mm.

Technical Data

Mains power 230 V AC +10% / -15%

Max. power consumption 270 W

Average power consumption 40 W

Switch on surge current 70 A (reduced after 10 ms to 1/3)

Recommended f use 6.3 A (T)

Max. weight 525 kg

Max. allowed patient weight 200 kg

Length of patient table top 2422 mm

Width of patient table top 542 mm

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 207: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 19

Fig. 21 OP table side view

Fig. 22 OP table top view

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 208: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 20 Options

Fig. 23 OP table front view

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 209: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 21

Fig. 24 OP table

160°180°

3m2m1m0m

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 210: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 22 Options

Fig. 25 OP table

90°120°

3m2m1m0m

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 211: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Op

tion

s11 - 23

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 23 of 38M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

Fig. 2

6

OP

-table

Page 212: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 24 Options

Adaptation transformer for the RCA cabinet 11

Application 11

The Adaption transformer has to be used in countries where the line power can not be adapted to the Voltage / Frequency combination 400V/50Hz and 480V/60Hz which are necessary for the RCA-cabinet (e.q.Brazil, South Korea.)

Ordering information 11

Dimensions 11

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGMedical Solutions

Department MRL A1Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-4044Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

Adaption transformer(incl. connection cable) 56 72 378

Item Size L x W x H in mm Weight in kg / lb

Adaptation transformer 360 x 330 x 570 55 / 121

Fig. 27 Adaption transformer

205

50

430

380

255

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 24 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 213: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 25

Power Distribution Panel 11

Application 11

The Power Distribution Panel can be used to distribute power in between a MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony environment. There is the possibility to connect not only the MAGNETOM System, in addition you could also connect a e.g. Laser camera

Ordering information 11

Dimensions 11

The article numbers and decribtions of the PM are valid!

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number

Siemens AGMedical Solutions

Department MRL A1Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-4044Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

Power Distribution Panel small(without connection for a chiller)

not for the U.S.A.5802827

Power Distribution Panel large(with connection for a chiller)

not for the U.S.A.5802934

Item Size L x W x H in mm Weight in kg / lb

Power Distribution Panel 800 x 220 x 800 52 / 114,4

Fig. 28 Power Distribution Panel

NOTE

800

800

220

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 25 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 214: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 26 Options

Condensation Pump 11

General 11

Increased condensation due to high humidity can be eliminated by installing a condensation pump into the CCS water cabinet.

Safety 11

Ordering information 11

Contents of the kit 11

Voltage continues to be present at the line voltage transformer even after the MR system has been switched off.

If not observed, death or serious physical injury can occur

The line power distributor has to be switched off for service work and the on-site circuit breakers have to be set to OFF.

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGBereich Med TechnikDepartment MRL A1

Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-4044Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

Condensation pump 57 62 153

Fig. 29 Contents of the kit

NOTE

1 Pump2 Floater module3 Hose4 Screws and spacer

bolts

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 26 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 215: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 27

UPS-System for the Host PC 11

NOTE: If there is a MRSC console installed, the Powerware PW 9125 2000® UPS will not supply the MRSC PC! A standard PC UPS can be installed to supply the MRSC PC.

Powerware PW 9125-2000® UPS for the MRC-Host computer

Application 11

With a static UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) the system computer can be protected against all types of line disturbances.

In most cases, the local power supply is sufficiently reliable for satisfactory operation. Modern processor-controlled devices, however, require highly reliable sources of power. The Powerware 2000® satisfies this requirement. The Powerware 2000® is the standard UPS for backing up only the MRC Host PC and Imager PC.

Technical data 11

NOTE: *) EBM = Extendted Battery Module

Technical Data Powerware 2000

Weight in kg / lb

UPS PW 9125 2000® app. 23 / 50

EBM* PW 9125 48® (Battery Module)

29.5 / 65

Dimensions of the cabinets H x W x D in mm

UPS PW 9125 2000® 89 X 432 X 494

EBM PW 9125 48® (Battery Module)

89 X 432 X 494

Output in kVA 2,0

Backup time in min

at max. Load 5min with built in batteries

with one EBM* at max. Load 26 min

Heat dissipation 280 W

Temperature +00C...+400C

Relative humidity 5%...90%(before dew point)

Audible noise <50dBA

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 27 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 216: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 28 Options

Ordering information 11

Scheme 11

The article numbers and decribtions of the PM are valid!

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGBereich Med TechnikDepartment MRL A1

Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-5108Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

Powerware 2000® 73 64 354

Siemens cable set 58 02 918

The distribution box for the Powerware 2000® must be supplied on-site. The distribution box must be installed in the vicinity of the UPS. For technical details refer to Installation Volume 1.

Fig. 30 UPS Scheme

NOTE

NOTE

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

X 103

9 mSiemens cable set

distribution box

app.

1,5

m

Single UPS Powerware 9125 2000UPS Powerware 9125 2000 with EBM

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 28 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 217: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 29

Distribution box (example) 11

Fig. 31 Distribution box example

emergency Stop

terminal blocks

K2

16 A

K2

N InCable W061

10 A

Cable has cold device connectors on both sides.

Distribution Box

Length: 2 m, Wire gauge 1 mm

X 110X 109

2

L OutN Out

Illustration without ground wire!

S3

S1

S2

Input Output

1) 1)

1)

CCA/ECA

PWR/Host PWR/Imager

Included in delivery of the UPS

(Circuit breaker only required at the CCA!)

L InX 103

UPS

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 29 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 218: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 30 Options

UPS-Systems for the complete system 11

Notes 11

POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES NOT APPROVED BY Siemens Medical Solutions MAY NOT BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM. SUCH DEVICES ARE INSTALLED AND APPLIED AT THE CUSTOMER'S RISK.

In countries where the power supply is not reliable, UPS systems are used to supply the required power to the MR system, and in special cases to the chiller, when there are power interruptions or power failures. When there is a power failure, the UPS backup allows the MR system to be shut down normally or supplies power to the MR system during the time required to transfer to an emergency power supply. This allows you to complete measurements that have already been started. The UPS offers the additional advantage of reducing system downtime due to hardware and software errors.

Special power requirements if the on-site power is provided through a UPS system 11

The following table gives values, which should be used to select a suitable UPS system under the condition, that the water chiller is not connected to the UPS. If the water chiller should be connected to the same UPS, the required values power/current (the maximum possible value, e.g. switch-on current) for the chiller should be added to the values given below. In this case the chiller must be equipped with soft start compressors.

System MAGNETOM Momentary power 2)

Recommended minimum power of

UPS 3)

Recommended UPS system

(see table below)

Harmony/Symphony Sprint/Ultra 85 kVA

120% of momentary power 2)

valueHarmony/Symphony Quantum 85 kVA

e.g. Type 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6

Sonata 100 kVA e.g. Type 2; 3; 5; 6

Disclaimer Content

2) Momentary Power during measurement sequences (< 5 sec.).

3)

The factor in this column is defined according experiments with specific UPS model series. The factor may vary according to manufacturer and model series, the minimum factor applied should be 1.20. If the UPS model series is not released by the factory (see list below) a qualification procedure is recommended.

During the switch on procedure high current pulse amplitudes are possible. During this pulse the UPS may switch into by-pass mode.

The switch-time between battery mode and by-pass mode should be less than 1 ms. The UPS should fulfill local regulations additional to the above listed requirements.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 30 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 219: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 31

Ordering information 11

If the connection of the chiller to the UPS system is planned, the output of the UPS must be correspondingly larger.

In this case the chiller must be equiped with soft start comressors.

The article numbers and descriptions of the PM (price book) are valid!

Ordering information: Ordering address

Type Model Article number

Siemens AGBereich Med TechnikDepartment MRL A1

Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-5108

Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

1 JOVYATLAS JSTD 100-7 07 089 795

2 JOVYATLAS JSTD 125-12 07 089 795

3 JOVYATLAS JSTD 160-7 07 089 787

4 Masterguard S52100 07 089 803

5 Masterguard S52125 07 089 902

6 Masterguard S52150 07 089 811

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 31 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 220: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 32 Options

Connection of the UPS systems (Examples) 11

Fig. 32 UPS / Distributor / CCA

Fig. 33 UPS / Distributor / CCA / Chiller

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

USV_c.wmf

UPSOn-site "powerdistributer small"for the MR-systemBauseitiger "Netzverteiler klein"für das MR-System

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

USV_ch.wmf

UPSOn-site "powerdistributer small"for the MR-systemBauseitiger "Netzverteiler klein"für die MR-Anlage

Chiller

Standard caseNoemalfall

Just for special exceptionsNur in bestimmten Ausnahmefällen

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 32 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 221: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 33

Fig. 34 UPS / Distributor / CCA+Chiller

CCAGPA

2 in 1 cabinet

USV_ch.wmf

UPS

On-site powerdistributerfor the MR-system (Powerdistributer large)Bauseitiger Netzverteilerfür die MR-Anlage (Netzverteiler groß)

ChillerChiller with "soft-start"Chiller mit Softanlauf

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 33 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 222: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 34 Options

Water transfer station 11

Application 11

The Water transfer station can be used as an interface between a water chiller and the MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony RCA cabinet primary water inlet connections. All required measurement devices (e.g. temperature, differential pressure etc.) are included in the water transfer station.

Ordering information 11

Dimensions 11

Flow meter for primary chilled water 11

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGBereich Med TechnikDepartment MRL A1

Tel.:.....++49-9131/84-4044Fax:.....++49-9131/84-8648

Water transfer station 1 1/2" 05 672 402

Type Size L x W x H in mm Weight in kg

Water transfer station 575 x 263 x 995 33

To be able to determine the water flow between the water chiller and the RCA cabinet you should install a flow meter in the close vicinity of the RCA cabinet. The flowmeter is not part of the delivery volume and has to be purchased locally.

For the water flow you have to take in consideration the distance between the water chiller and the RCA cabinet.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 34 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 223: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 35

Fig. 35 Transferstation 1

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 35 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 224: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 36 Options

*1 Internal/external capacitor can be isolated from the chiller. Chiller vibrations must not affect the building (vibration absorption).

*2 An on-site water filter should be installed, if needed, to remove sediment, particularly for older water installations.

*3 When routing pressure hoses, ensure that there are no loops. The ideal configuration consists of a permanent tube starting from the RCA, positioned perpendicular to the top of the cabinet and pointing upward.

Fig. 36 optional water transfer station

RCA

SIEMENSINSTALLATION

Flexible pressure hoses *3supplied with the system.Length = 5m

"Transfer station"(optional)

Water chiller *1 Thermal insulation for pipes on-site(e.g. Armaflex)

RCA side primary chilled waterConnections 1 1/2" Withworth female pipe thread (cone shaped male thread adapter to connect the waterhoses arepart of the delivery)

ON-SITEINSTALLATION

Water drain

Water supplyemergency cooling

Water filter *2

Water supply panel

Chiller side primary chilled waterConnections 1 1/2" Withworth male pipe thread (cone shaped male thread)

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 36 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 225: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Options 11 - 37

Primary water filter system 11

A special made set with water filter and water hoses can be ordered at:

The set is consisting of:

Filter elements can be ordered as consumable supplies:

To prevent pollution inside the primary water circuit a external water filter is required if the local water quality does not meet Siemens specifications.

company name RK Kutting GmbH

post office box Postfach 2

zip code D-74386

city Talheim

country Germany

URL http://www.kutting.de/

Fig. 37 filter

Item Kutting part number

consumable supplies HS 7121374

consisting of:

three filter elements

NOTE

Item Kutting part number

filter system (complete)

filtration: 5µmHS 7121366

consisting of:

housing with three filter elements

1 adapter (Kutting connection)

2 hose 5m with insulation

2 shut off valves

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 37 of 38 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 226: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

11 - 38 Options

Chiller-Systems recommended by Siemens Medical Solutions 11

Ordering information 11

For MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony and MAGNETOM Sonata the heat dissipation of the system to the cooling water is specified in "Special requirements for the primary water supply" on page 5 - 5.

For MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony with Quantum Gradients used by R&D customers a 45kW chiller has to be installed!

The technical descriptions and article numbers published in the actual PM are valid!

Ordering information Ordering address

kW Model Article number

Siemens AGBereich Med TechnikDepartment MRL A1Tel.:..++49-9131/84-

4044Fax:.++49-9131/84-8648

45

KKT KPC 215-L-S

380...480V / 3Ph / 50/60Hz07 089 688

KKT KPC 212-L-U/S

(for the U.S.A only)07 089 696

50

KKT KPC 215-L-U/S

(only for U.S.A.) 480V / 3Ph / 60Hz

07 089 720

KKT KPC 215-L-S/FU

380...480V / 3Ph / 50/60Hz07 089 936

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 38 of 38 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 227: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

12 - 1

Installation and service tools 12

MPS (Magnet Power Supply) 12

Application 12

The Magnet Power Supply consists of the unit which energizes/deenergizes the magnet, including the charge cable to the magnet, the cabling for the voltage supply and magnet supervision. As a service tool, the MPS is brought on-site only as required.

Ordering information 12

Transport box dimensions 12

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGBereich Med Technik

Abteilung TD ML(Like a normal sparepart)

MPS 47 61 412

Box Nr. Size L x W x H in mm Weight in kg / lb

1 920 x 730 x 1210 196 / 432

2 920 x 730 x 1210 264 / 581

Fig. 1 MPS Transport box

MPS Transport box730 920

1210

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 2 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 228: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

12 - 2 Installation and service tools

Array Shim Device 12

Application 12

The Array Shim Device is a service and installation tool for magnet shimming. It consists of mechanical supports, MR probes, preamplifier, multiplexer, etc. required to measure the magnetic field via the shim plot. The Array Shim Device is brought to the site by Customer Service and is not part of the delivery volume of the MR-system.

The Array Shim Device is shipped in its own crate together with the additional passive Shim Kit.

Ordering information 12

Transport box dimensions 12

Ordering information Ordering address

Type Article number Siemens AGBereich Med Technik

Abteilung TD ML(Like a normal sparepart)

Array shim device 11 42 574

Box Nr. Size L x W x H in mm Weight in kg / lb

1 1125 x 635 x 680 65 / 143

Fig. 2 Shim device Transport box

Shim device Transport box1125635

680

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 2 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 229: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

13 - 1

Information on transport 13

Transport and storage specifications 13

Mechanical conditions 13

During transport, the components are subject to mechanical stress. The recommended reference values for various mechanical environmental parameters are specified in IEC 721-3-2 (Transport) and IEC 721-3-5 (Load in Road Vehicles).

However, these reference values significantly exceed the acceleration rates measured on loaded trucks with an air suspension system. According to experts who routinely perform vibration experiments in test labs, the guidelines of IEC 721 cannot be practically applied to components with mass ratios such as those found in MR systems.

With regard to impact loads, the maximum acceleration duration on the loaded trucks with an impact duration of 20ms is 1.4g on the tractor and 4.7g on the trailer. Our current specification for the magnet is 2g horizontally (x, y) and 5g vertically (z).

Transport and storage specifications for the magnet 13

Transport and storage specifications for the system components 13

Transport and storage specifications Magnet

Acceleration amplitude 2 m/s2 (2-100Hz)

Peak acceleration 5g vertical, 2g horizontal (20 ms time period)

Temperature range (Climate category N) -40°C to +70°C

Rel. humidity (Climate category N) 10% to 100%

Barometric pressure (Climate category N) 50kPa to 106kPa

Transport and storage specifications System components

Acceleration amplitude 2 m/s2 (2-100Hz)

Peak acceleration 5g vertical, 2g horizontal (20 ms time period)

Temperature range (Climate category N) -25°C to +60°C

Rel. humidities (Climate category N) 10% to 95%

Barometric pressure (Climate category N) 70kPa to 105kPa

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 8 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 230: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

13 - 2 Information on transport

Transporting the magnet and the cabinets (GPA/CCA; RCA) 13

Transport route 13

• Prior to requesting the services of a licensed carrier, the project manager and the architect/construction engineer must determine the floor loading of the transport routes and the temporary storage areas.

• The architect/construction engineer must confirm in writing that the floor loading of the transport routes/storage areas selected will suffice for moving the magnet and the system components.

• It is the responsibility of the carrier to obtain information concerning the various transport routes before the actual transport.

Issuing the order 13

• The order for transport must be issued in writing to the licensed carrier selected and must contain the following data and documentation (in addition to such general information as a list of the components to be shipped):- Copies of the transport routes/storage areas selected- A copy of the certificate attesting to the weight capacity of the floor- Final destination of transport

(to give the carrier enough time to obtain information regarding methods of transport and transport routes)

- The weight and dimensions of the components to be transported

• Actual transport- The project manager is responsible for the availability of the transport equipment to be used- The carrier is responsible for the type of transportation and auxiliary tools used

All transport activities including delivery of the magnet and the system components into the MR-suite have to be performed by a licensed carrier only.

Fig. 1 Maximum transportramp angle

NOTE

For the transportation of the MAGNETOM Harmony / Symphony Magnet´s it is not allowed to exceed an angle of 150 for example a ramp.

CAUTION

ramp.wmf

max. 150

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 8 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 231: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Information on transport 13 - 3

Smallest transport dimensions of the magnet (with table frame and cover) 13

The following illustrations and examples indicate the minimum distances for transporting the magnet.

In critical cases, the table may be removed on-site, reducing the length of the system to ≤ 1950 mm.

In this case you can turn the magnet by 90 degree (length < with) to reach 1950 mm (with) x 2130 mm (length).

The minimum transport height is 2350 mm + xx mm for the transport devices. (This is valid for a normal installation)

Special case:

You have the possibility to remove all the covers and some service parts of the service turret which are located at the top of the magnet (calculate extra time; just for carrying-in the magnet in special cases). In this case you could reach a min. transport height of 2266mm. Before you are planning this case, please contact in Erlangen the CS SD23 dept.

MAGDURCH.AI

RF-room

Transport equipmentRF-room

min

. 240

0 *2

Magnetheight2350 mm

Transport devicesand steel plate

Safety distance

Magnet width2150 mm

Safety distance

min. 2200 *1

20

20

20

Magnet diamensions, refer to Reg.2, Kap.2

Magnet height + Safety distance + Transport devices

*1 1970 mm without patient table

*2 depending to the height of the transport devices,but min. 2400 mm

CAUTION

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 8 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 232: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

13 - 4 Information on transport

Fig. 2 Magnet measures

1010

2344

450

- 99

2

Upper edgeof tabletop

floor clearance

min

.15

01942

2050

294

710

255

1144

1997

1705

2129

852

4

3034

300

334027

35

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 8 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 233: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Information on transport 13 - 5

Opening for the magnet in the roof 13

Opening for the magnet in the roof for standard magnet installation 13

Opening for the magnet in the roof in special cases 13

Fig. 3 Opening for magnets with table

Fig. 4 Opening for magnets without

Time required to remove and re-install the patient table is app. 4.5h.

3150mm

2240

mm

50m

m s

afet

y di

stan

ce

50mm safety distance

TOP

2050mm

50m

m s

afet

y di

stan

ce

50mm safety distance

Top

2240

mm

NOTICE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 8 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 234: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

13 - 6 Information on transport

Smallest transport dimensions or the 2 in 1 cabinet 13

To transport the 2 in 1 cabinet, the minimum finished room height must be 2040 mm

To permit transport of the 2 in 1 cabinet to the installation location (equipment room), the height of the transport route must be ≥ 2040mm (with transport rollers) or ≥ 1950mm (without transport rollers).

Helium dewars 13

Please observe the minimum finished room height required to insert the helium syphon into the dewar. If the finished room height is too low, the helium syphon can be inserted outside the building.

If a room height of 1950 mm (without rollers) is not aviable, the connection box (line voltage) can be removed from the CCA cabinet.

In this case, a transport height of 1860 mm will be adequate for the 2 in 1 block.

The total height of the helium dewar with the helium syphon inserted must be 1-2 cm smaller than the lowest doorway used to transport the dewar.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 8 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 235: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Information on transport 13 - 7

Weights and dimensions 13

System components Outside dimensions of crate/

L x W x H mm

Gross weight/net weight

Magnet OR 24 3500 x 2370 x 2710 6100/4720 kg

Magnet OR 70 3500 x 2370 x 2710 6800/5500 kg

GPA/CCA cabinet 1880 x 950 x 2250 1302/1100 kg

RCA cabinet 950 x 940 x 2120 440/320 kg

Filter plate 1110 x 1450 x 780 140/70 kg

Patient trolley 2200 x 800 x 1200 255/110 kg

Removable table top 2550 x 650 x 240 50kg/30 kg

MRC container 1060 x 840 x 1180 186/110 kg

RCA accessories 840 x 840 x 900 80/65 kg

Cable set 1130 x 1120 x 660 156/106 kg

Gradient cable, long 940 x 560 x 950 108/90 kg

Gradient cable, short 940 x 400 x 950 50/34 kg

Monitor 730 x 640 x 720 60/45 kg

Accessories 2120 x 1000 x 1140 264/199 kg

System components 1250 x 770 x 1020 104/78 kg

Options

MRSC container 1060 x 840 x 1180 186/110 kg

In-room MRC 1440 x 730 x 840 (net 63 kg)

Patient transport trolley3 2340 x 900 x 900 130 kg

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 8 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 236: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

13 - 8 Information on transport

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 8 of 8 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 237: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

14 - 1

Technical data 14

Technical data 14

General classifications 14

Protection class 1

Application parts protection class Type B

Patient table Type B

Local coils Type BF

ECG electrodes

IP protection class according to IEC 60529 IP XO

Explosion protection

The MR system is not intended for operation in areas prone to explosion (e.g., highly flammable mixtures of anaesthesia gases with air or oxygen or nitrous oxide)

Operating mode Continuous operation duty-type

Sterilization method (receptors) Gas sterilization

Disinfection Receptors / system components

Disinfectants without alcohol, ether

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 6 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 238: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

14 - 2 Technical data

Power requirements 14

• Refer to: "On-site electrical installation" on page 4 - 1

Heating/air conditioning 14

• Refer to: "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1

Relative humidity 14

• Refer to: "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1

Heating/air conditioning

Ambient temperature

Equipment room 15....30oC (CCS water) 18....24oC (CCS air)

Examination room 21oC +/- 3oC

Control room 15....30oC

Evaluation room 15....30oC

Temperature gradient all rooms 3o C/h

Filtration EU 4 or local requirement/codes

Relative humidity

Relative humidity

Equipment room Refer to: "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1

Examination room 40...60%

Control room 40...80%

Evaluation room 40...80%

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 6 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 239: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Technical data 14 - 3

Primary water specifications 14

• Refer to: "Requirements for the on-site water supply" on page 5 - 3

Primary water specifications

Primary water specifications

Primary water pressure max. 6 bar

Water consumption Refer to: "Special require-ments for the primary water supply" on page 5 - 5

Temperature of primary water at RCA inlet

6...12oC

Heat dissipation in waterRefer to: "Special require-ments for the primary water supply" on page 5 - 5

Differential water pressure 1.5 to 2.5 bar (typical 1.2 bar)

Hardness< 178 ppm CaCO3 (1o dH = 17.8 ppm CaCO3) < 10°dH

Filtration

(see also "Primary water fil-ter system" on page 11 - 37

5...50µm quantity of suspended particles < 10mg/l

pH level 6 to 8

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 6 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 240: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

14 - 4 Technical data

Heat dissipation to air 14

• Refer to: "Climatic conditions" on page 6 - 2

Audible noise 14

RF-shielding 14

Heat dissipation to air

Harmony/Symphony/Sonata

Examination room ≤ 2 kW

Control room ≤ 1.7 kW

Evaluation room (optional) ≤ 1.7 kW

Equipment room

≤ 5 kW (CCS air)

≤ 5 kW (CCW water)

≤ 1 kW RCA

Equipment room total ≤ 6 kW

Audible noise

Audible noise

Equipment room≤ 65 dBA CCS water

≤ 68 dBA CCS air

Examination roomRefer to: "Sound emission" on page 2 - 27

Control room ≤ 60 dBA

Evaluation room ≤ 60 dBA

RF-shielding

RF room attenuationat 15...128 MHz 90 dB

(See also: "Co-Siting" on page 2 - 15

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 6 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 241: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Technical data 14 - 5

Overview of the service tool needed for the installation 14

Magnet cold shipment 14

Magnet warm shipment 14

needed service tools

type: description / SNr.

Magnet power supply 47 61 412 KE999

Array shimming device 11 42 574 K2209

Helium syphon (Dewar side) 11 94 344 K2097

Helium service level meter 99 00 176 RE999

ERDU test load 47 65 819 KE999

liquid Heliumca. 500-1500 l

(depending to the level on arriving, but minimum 500 l)

needed service tools

type: description / SNr.

Magnet power supply 47 61 412 KE999

Array shimming device 11 42 574 K2209

Helium syphon (Dewar side) 11 94 344 K2097

Helium service level meter 99 00 176 RE999

ERDU test load 47 65 819 KE999

liquid Helium ca. 3500 l

liquid Nitrogen ca. 2000 l

Helium gas with the quality of 99,99%

10 bottles 200 bar / 50l

Turbo pump set with leak detector

The cooling down process could be ordered from OMT

Transfer syphonmagnet side

PODO valve adapter

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 6 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 242: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

14 - 6 Technical data

Transport equipment for the magnet and electronics cabinets 14

If a service company (UNI DATA; HEGELE) is contracted to bring in the system, the service company must provide the corresponding tools and special equipment required.

If the system is brought in by the local field office, they should ensure that the corresponding tools and special equipment are ordered and available as required.

On-site options 14

Color swatches 14

Color combinations of the Maestro Class cover 14

Refer to the available Color Swatches for - MAGNETOM Sonata- MAGNETOM Symphony- MAGNETOM Harmony

Order No.: A91100-M2220-P2-1-7600

See also the following URL:

https://www-mr.med.siemens.de/marketing/index.htm

Name Item Number Source

RF wave trap filtermax. 250V / 6A

46 84 866 B1205

RF wave trap filtermax. 250V / 25A

31 62 567 B1205

Water transfer station1 1/2"

51 40 194 Y9042 MRL

Power distributor 51 39 840 Y9031 MRL

Supplemental transformer(cold head compressor)

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 6 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 243: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 1

Mobile specific requirements 15

Responsibilities of the Project Manager 15

The Siemens Project Manager is responsible for the mobile system installation process like he is for a static system installation. He should arrange with the trailer maunfacturer the delivery schedule of the system and the mobile kit (needed for the installation) to the trailer manufacturer. He has to arrange also the magnet, system installation and start-up. He is responsible for ensuring that the differences from a static system to the mobile system are implemented as described in the Planning Guide and in the Installation manual.

General 15

The MAGNETOM Harmony, Symphony and Sonata MR systems are originally developed for static use. However, all components are designed and tested also for being integrated as a mobile MR system.

in the Installation manual

The mobile system consists of a standard MAGNETOM Harmony, Symphony or Sonata system with minor adaptations and the trailer.

Because of the mobile system is based on a released ”static” system developed and tested according to Siemens Medical Solutions MR Quality System, only the mobile specific requirements are listed in this section of the Planning Guide. The static system has already incorporated the requirement of mobile use for the components. For the magnets the tests and mobile releases were done by Oxford Magnet Technology. Using the already prepared fixing points of the magnets in the mobile.

In Europe only HEGELE is allowed to install the the MR system into the trailer!

In the U.S.A. the trailer manufacturers install the the MR system into the trailer!

This complete document (Planning Guide) defines the requirement specification for the specific use as a mobile system.

The principal architecture of MAGNETOM Harmony, Symphony and Sonata with the respective components is given as technical constraints for the mobile system. All the valid specifications have to be taken into account for the mobile system also. The length of the cables can only be varied in the range given in the Planning Guide.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 244: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 2 Mobile specific requirements

Mobile trailer manufacturer documentation 15

The mobile trailer manufacturer must supply to Siemens written type test documents according to the list of document stated in agreement between Siemens and mobile trailer manufacturer.

For certification proof the written type test documents/certificates of the built in non Siemens components (e.g. chiller, diesel generator) have to be inserted into the "Owners Manual" of the delivered Siemens system documentation.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 245: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 3

Changes to static systems 15

Following changes are necessary to adapt static systems for mobile use.

The static system will be modified with the following kit:

"Mobile Kit" Part number: 575 14 53

This kit consists of the following items:

The high altitude vent kit must be ordererd for all mobile installations. Presently it has to be ordered separately with the above mentioned part num-ber until further notification.

Item Nr.: Item

575 02 81 Mobile Kabel- Kurbelset

476 59 34 Syphon mobile vent kit

575 14 79 Mobile conversion kit

710 40 57 Kabelführung kompl.

307 77 40 Ethernet Switch 5 Port

712 19 03 Magnetkabel Schildtemperatur W580 2m

738 35 03 Leitung W93a 1.5m

738 35 11 Leitung W94a 1.5m

341 43 23 Etikett 52x13 PET

575 22 46 Kennschild "Mobile Kit"

473 60 00 Versandverpackung

746 15 721

1. The high altitude vent kit must be ordererd for all mobile installations. Presently it has to be ordered separatey with the above mentioned part number until further notification.

High altitude vent

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 3 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 246: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 4 Mobile specific requirements

The in the table mentioned parts/kits have to be installed for each mobile system.

• Helium syphon to be extended to reach the rear end of the magnet.

• The patient table control electronics and the converter has to be relocated for ease of service access to the rear side wall of the trailer (behind the magnet). A special cable set to do so is part of the "Mobile Kit".

• The ramping lead connection is extended to the side wall of the trailer at the rear area of the magnet.

• High altitude venting kit has to be installed.

• Syphon has to be modified.

• Patient table hand crank gear has to be modified.

• The cover has to be modified.

• Magnet has to be bolted to the floor.

For mobile installations the E-shim option is mandatory!NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 4 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 247: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 5

Overview 15

The system components are described in the section "System components" on page 3 - 1 of this Planning Guide.

On the following pages you will get an overview (example) of what a typical trailer looks like.

Fig. 1 Overview

Fig. 2 Overview

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 5 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 248: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 6 Mobile specific requirements

Fig. 3 Overview

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 6 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 249: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 7

Fig. 4 Overview

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 7 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 250: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

15 - 8M

ob

ile specific req

uirem

ents

Fig. 5

to

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 8 of 40S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

p view

Page 251: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mo

bile sp

ecific requ

iremen

ts15 - 9

Siem

ens AG

M

1-010.891.01P

age 9 of 40M

AG

NE

TOM

Medical S

olutionsR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23P

lanning Guide

Fig. 6

side view

Page 252: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

15 - 10M

ob

ile specific req

uirem

ents

Fig. 7

s

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 10 of 40S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

ide view 2

Page 253: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 11

Vehicle suspension requirements 15

Introduction 15

Vehicles must be equipped with suspension systems that effectively control and dissipate the energy from road inputs without subjecting the equipment to high levels of vibration.

This may be achieved by the selection of appropriate suspension systems for the trailer and tractor unit that meet the performance standard detailed below, and by ensuring that they are maintained to an appropriate standard.

For vibration data analysis contact "Safe technology Ltd." at the following address:

Requirements 15

• For all vehicles, the suspension system should have sufficient travel to respond to normal road inputs without “excessive” shock loads caused by bump stop impact.

• The suspension system must also meet the following requirements:

• The trailer manufacturer is responsible for defining the minimum specification of tractor unit to be used with the trailer in meeting and maintaining the suspension characteristics specified above for type test and in service use.

• The trailer manufacturer is responsible for defining a suitable regular maintenance protocol to maintain the critical damping performance specified above for in service use.

• The trailer manufacturer or their authorized third party representative will provide necessary documentation to prove the compliance with the vehicle suspension requirements in accordance with "Mobile trailer manufacturer documentation" on page 15 - 2

Address of "Safe Technology" Ltd.

No 1 Southwest centerArcher Road

Sheffield S80JREngland

Contact person: Prof. John Draper (Managing Director)

Phone: ++44 (0) 1142 555919

Requirement Value

The natural frequency at which the trailer “bounces” as a rigid body on the suspension must not exceed:

2.0 Hz

When new, the level of damping provided by the suspension must exceed:

12% critical damping

In service, the level of damping provided by the sus-pension must exceed:

12% critical damping

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 11 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 254: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 12 Mobile specific requirements

Instrumentation Systems 15

• The instrumentation shall be installed in the vehicle to record the vertical acceleration of the trailer structure at or close to the following locations on the vehicle centre line- At the front of the trailer- At the rear of the trailer

• Measurement locations must be selected to give an accurate indication of the movement of the trailer structure, and accelerometers should be attached on the main trailer frame or load bearing structure.

• The instrumentation system must be calibrated and capable of recording acceleration data in the frequency range of 0 – 20 Hz. If a digital recording system is used, the sampling rate must be greater than 100 Hz.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 12 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 255: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 13

Data to be recorded 15

• Acceleration data shall be recorded as the vehicle passes over the speed hump in a straight line, at the speeds detailed below: - 5 kph- 10 kph- 15 kph

• Data shall be recorded for at least 3 seconds before the front axle strikes the speed hump and until any significant bouncing of the trailer structure has been reduced to a negligible level by the effect of suspension damping, or for a period of 10 seconds.

• A minimum of 5 recordings shall be made at each speed, and the data stored for detailed analysis.

Data Analysis 15

• Data analysis shall be conducted using an appropriate data analysis system based on the technique detailed in the Analysis Algorithm shown in Fig. 9.

Demonstration of Compliance – Type Test 15

• The performance of vehicle suspension systems must be evaluated using the procedure detailed in section "Requirements" on page 15 - 11 of this document.

• Trailers not meeting this specification which are consequently commissioned and enter service will immediately invalidate OMT product warranty.

• For any subsequent modifications to the trailer type, a documented engineering change process must be implemented between the MRI system manufacturer and the trailer manufacturer, which ensures that a form, fit and function philosophy, is implemented. Within this process any engineering changes likely to affect the performance of the trailer against section "Requirements" on page 15 - 11 of this document shall require an additional type test.

• In respect of any claim against OMT product warranty, OMT reserves the right to review the build standard of any specific trailer operating with OMT product within the trailer, against the build standard of the type test trailer and associated results. Should build standard differences be noted, OMT reserves the right, prior to supporting any claim against OMT product warranty, to require the test outlined in section "Requirements" on page 15 - 11 of this document to be repeated for the specific trailer in question to ensure that the “In service” specification is being met.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 13 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 256: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 14 Mobile specific requirements

Test facility 15

• The facility shall provide a single speed hump, with a minimum height of 75 mm installed in an area of “smooth” tarmac or concrete that can be negotiated by the test vehicle at speeds in the range 0 – 20 kph. An example of a suitable test area is shown in Fig. 8.

Fig. 8 BeeBump

75m run in 75m run out

e.g. 75mm high "BeeBump" as supplied by BTM International Limited

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 14 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 257: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 15

Fig. 9 Flowchart

AccelerationData

Identify "dominant frequency" of lowfrequency bounce

Output frequencyand compare with

2 Hz Target

If frequency > 2HzReject Trailer

Estimate energy at T seconds by calculating the standarddeviation of the signal over the range T - T+0.5 Seconds

Find the maximum "energy" in the signal and normalisedata by dividing by the maximum value in the signal

Identify the time at which maximum energy occurs, and thetime when it has decayed to 90% of this maximum value.

This is used as the trigger point for calculating the

Calculate the "ideal" curves for the target level of dampingand overlay on plotted energy - time history graph, starting

from the "trigger pointDisplay Plotted Data

In the time taken for the "Ideal" energy level to decay from90 % of the maximum energy to 10 %, integrate the

difference between the actual energy plot, and the idealcurve for 20% of critical damping.

The result, (in units of % Seconds), is a single parameterthat indicates the level of conformance, which we can call

the "Damping Index". This may be plotted over a number ofinspections and used to plot trends etc.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 15 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 258: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 16 Mobile specific requirements

Mobile road requirements 15

Environmental conditions 15

For the MR-system built into the trailer the environmental conditions as specified in this document at the following specific registers and the complete Planning Guide have to be used as a reference: "On-site electrical installation" on page 4 - 1; "On-site water supply" on page 5 - 1; "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1; "Quench Tube" on page 9 - 1 "RF-Room" on page 8 - 1

When moving the trailer from one site to another site the magnet stays at maximum field strength. A magnet power supply for ramping the magnet is not part of the overall system volume.

The trailer has to be labeled indicating the presence of a static magnetic field.

The generator for the cold head assembly power and cooling water has to be in operation during transport. This will guarantee a normal He boil-off during transportation. If the generator/shore power is not left running/connected the refrigeration system may fail prematurely.

The specifications must be achieved by the on board air conditioner, water chiller, humidifier and electrical power supply.

If required an auxiliary heater and pump will be used to prevent freezing dam-age from occurring to the system electronics in the event of a generator mal-function.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 16 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 259: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 17

Air Conditioning 15

The trailer manufacturer must provide written certification to Siemens that the air conditioner(s) will:

- Operate in cool mode over an ambient temperature range of -29°C/+ 41°C without introduction of outside air.

- Automatically cycle between heating and cooling modes without operator intervention.

The capacity of the mobiles air conditioner unit(s) has to be based upon:- Heat dissipation by the MAGNETOM MR system (refer to "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1)- support equipment dissipation to air (e.g. UPS., etc.)- Average heat dissipation by personnel and patient during system operation. (App. 0.2kw/h)- Heat dissipation of room lighting & additional electrical support equipment- Heat generated by Solar Energy gain.

Additional specifications 15

- Fresh air intake filters have to be installed by the manufacturer to filter out dust particles greater than 10µm.

- Adequate fresh air intake has to be supplied (Air exchange rate between 6 to 10 times).

The air conditioning requirements as described in register "Air conditioning" on page 6 - 1 have to be maintained throughout the MR trailer.

It is recommended to add app. 25% to the estimated maximum air conditioning capacity required.

Provide pressure equalizing with a waveguide vent in the examination room ceiling to prevent positive or negative pressures from interfering with opening the RF-room door (examination room door)!

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 17 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 260: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 18 Mobile specific requirements

Humidity/Humidifier Monitoring System 15

Each trailer must be fitted with a humidity and humidifier monitoring system(s) that will notify the operator in the event of a humidifier malfunction or problem. Humidifier malfunctions or problems that occur may include but not be limited to the following:

- Low water level in the on board water storage tank.- Humidity out of specification/tolerance.

A on site water supply for supplying the humidifying system should be available.

The monitoring system(s) shall upon an error condition:- Sound an audible and visual alarm to alert the operators to the problem.- Have a manual push-button to override and prevent the impending shutdown. (This push-button

may reset the countdown timer and should be a momentary type contact, requiring constant depression to override shutdown.)

- If the humidifier system is designed to accept water directly from the supply hose bypassing the water storage tank, then a loss of water pressure must also signal a error condition when operating in bypass mode.

Temperature Monitoring System 15

Each trailer must be fitted with a temperature monitoring and control system(s) which will notify the operator of a air conditioner malfunction or problem. Air conditioner malfunctions or problems that occur may include but not be limited to the following:

- Temperature out of specification/tolerance.

The monitoring system(s) shall upon an error condition:- Loss of cooling due to freon leaks or compressor failure- Loss of cooling due to blower or condenser fan failure.- Loss of cooling due to high or low exterior ambient air temperature

The temperature monitoring and control system(s) shall:- Allow individual temperature monitoring and control for each interior room of the MRI unit.- Sound an audible and visual alarm if the temperature in the equipment room exceeds either the

maximum or minimum specification.- Have a manual push-button to override and prevent the impending shutdown. (This push-button

may reset the countdown timer and should be a momentary type contact, requiring constant depression to override shutdown.)

- Be tied into the same countdown timer and manual override push-button as the humidifier monitoring and control system(s).

- Also, the set point monitoring devices should not be easily accessible to the operators, this is to prevent constant tampering with the set points.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 18 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 261: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 19

On board water chiller 15

The trailer manufacturer must provide written certification to Siemens that the cold water chiller will:

- Operate as fully rated over an ambient temperature range of -20°C/+ 48°C.- Provide chilled water as specified (see: "On-site water supply" on page 5 - 1) in the Siemens

Planning Guide for the MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony/Sonata which is this complete document.

The on board closed loop water chiller must fulfill

- Operate as fully rated over the ambient temperature range of -20°C/+ 48°C.- Be mounted in such a manner as to not introduce vibration type artifacts into the images produced

by the installed MR equipment.- Be designed to facilitate easy removal and or repairs.- Have built in flow rate and inlet/outlet water temperature indicators.

(see "Water transfer station" on page 11 - 34)- Precaution must be taken to prevent condensation on the water pipes.

A closed loop water chiller system is required for cooling the MAGNETOM water cooled system components. A volume of app. 50% of glycol is recommended due to local temperature conditions.

The chilled water requirements as described in register "On-site water supply" on page 5 - 1 have to be maintained throughout the MR trailer.

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 19 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 262: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 20 Mobile specific requirements

Water pipe routing 15

- No valves and/or other water equipment must be installed above the MR electronics cabinets.

Water pipe material 15

• For the on-site water supply pipe installation only the following materials (for the water pipes) should be used:- copper- plastic medium pipes- stainless steel- high-grade steel- non-ferrous metal

• Do not use:- standard steel pipes- zinc-plated steel- carbon steel

The routing of water hoses above the RCA and CCA/GPA cabinets must be avoided due to service reasons e.g. secondary water filling at the RCA cabinet.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 20 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 263: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 21

RF - Shielding 15

Each mobile MAGNETOM MRI unit must have a built-in RF room which meets the specifications as described in register "RF-Room" on page 8 - 1 of this Planning Guide.

The RF-room equipment 15

- A RF type viewing window with un-obstructed view of the patient while in the bore of the magnet is mandatory.

- A RF type entry door with a width greater than 32 inches to facilitate entry into the RF room with a MRI approved gurney.

- All air conditioning ducts entering into the room must have RF type honeycomb wave-guides installed.

- All non-electrical hoses such as oxygen, suction or fiber-optic cables must pass through a RF type wave-guide.

- All RF room components must be made from non-magnetizable materials.

Provide minimum pressure equalizing waveguide vent in the examination room ceiling to prevent positive or negative pressures from interfering with opening the RF-room door (examination room door)!

The RF attenuation of the entire room must be 90dB in the frequency range of 15 - 64 MHz. Any changes in construction techniques will require that the RF room design must be re-tested at the manufacturers expense.

The attenuation of the RF room must be warranted for a minimum period of 2 years but 5 years is preferred. Unauthorized modifications to the RF room will render this warranty void.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 21 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 264: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 22 Mobile specific requirements

Magnetic Shielding 15

Each mobile MAGNETOM MRI unit must have built-in iron shielding which will:

- Specific for the United States of America: The 5 gauss contour from the magnet (be it 1.0 or 1.5 Tesla) should be within 0.2m (including hot spots) from the outside surface of the vertical walls of the trailer up to a height of 2.44m from the ground.

- Specific for the Rest of the World: The 5 gauss contour from the magnet (be it 1.0 or 1.5 Tesla) should be within (including hot spots) the outside surface of the vertical walls of the trailer up to a height of 2.44m from the ground.

- Minimize the effects of passing ferro-magnetic objects such as cars, etc.

It is the responsibility of the trailer manufacturer to ensure the following conditions are met during installation of the iron shielding:

- The iron sheets must be mounted in such a manner as to minimize the movement of the iron caused by the influence of the magnetic field.

- The iron sheets must be mounted in such a manner as to minimize the movement of the iron caused by ground transmitted vibrations.

- The iron sheets must be mounted in a safe and approved manner.- All exposed surfaces of iron must be coated to prevent oxidation.- All exposed edges of the iron must be de-burred or rounded to prevent injury to service personnel.- The trailer manufacturer must provide documentation showing the effectiveness of the shielding

design. OMT will calculate the theoretical iron shielding required.- A hinged access panel must be present at the rear of the magnetic shield to ensure service access

to the magnet area.- It is the trailer manufacturers responsibility to map-out the effective region of the installed shielding

once the magnet has been shimmed at the facility. All localized "Hot Spots" must be noted in the documentation provided to Siemens and our customers.

- Every unit must be tested for shielding effectiveness.- Any changes in the shield design will require re-testing.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 22 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 265: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 23

On-board Power Connection 15

For proper operation of the Siemens MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony, the on-board mains connection should meet the specifications described in: "On-site electrical installation" on page 4 - 1

Additional power requirements: 15

- Phase rotation must be A,B,C (L1;L2;L3) to ensure proper operation of the U.P.S.- A Phase rotation indicator & Voltage & Amperage meter(s) should be present.- Emergency "STOP" buttons.

- Power emergency off buttons (EPO) shall be located in each room.- Emergency off buttons must also trip the on-board U.P.S. system. If applicable.

On-board system connections 15

For proper operation of the Siemens MAGNETOM Harmony/Symphony, the on-board system connections should meet the specifications described in: "System connections" on page 7 - 1

In addition stay with the following requirements:

All emergency stop buttons should be mounted in such a manner as to be easily accessible. Locations should be chosen that will prevent accidental shutdown of the system. All buttons should have "Guards" installed to prevent accidental depression of the button(s).

The routing of water hoses above the RCA and CCA/GPA cabinets must be avoided due to service reasons e.g. secondary water filling at the RCA cabinet.

The routing of the gradient cables has to be separated by 30 cm from the other cables therefor a separate cable duct / conduit has to be installed.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 23 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 266: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 24 Mobile specific requirements

On-board Diesel Generator 15

An indicator light must be mounted within view of the drivers mirror which indicates the following status conditions of the generator:

• LIGHT ON means generator running ok

• LIGHT OFF means generator not running, shutdown or problem occurred.

The following are general guidelines for generator selection and placement:

- All high service items such as injector pump, oil filter, fuel filter and starter should be located on the outward facing side of the generator or easily accessible for service. The generator must not have to be removed or dismounted to replace any of these items.

- The oil drain plug or hose should be readily accessible.- Winter engine block heaters should be factory installed (customer option).- The engine and generator unit must be mounted to the carrier frame with vibration dampening

mounts.- While Siemens does not approve scanner operation from generator power, some of our customers

may have reason to do so. In these cases, a larger capacity generator will be required. It must be sized at the full rated load of both the MAGNETOM and mobile unit.

- Exhaust from the diesel generator shall be routed away from the fresh air intake of the air conditioning system.

- Depending on where the trailer is operated the local laws (National, Federal, State etc.), governing the placement and intended use of the diesel generator shall apply.

We do not recommend to operate the Siemens MRI system with a diesel generator during imaging (normal operation) due to vibration and its effect on image quality.

Each mobile MAGNETOM MRI unit must have an on-board diesel generator capable of running the air conditioner(s), water chiller and magnet refrigerator during transport or while stationary (When not connected to building power supply). The diesel generator should be sized accordingly.

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 24 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 267: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 25

Interior Lighting 15

Lighting the interior of the mobile MR unit shall meet the following minimum requirements for each room as described in: "On-site electrical installation" on page 4 - 1

Additional lighting requirements 15

see also: "Room lighting" on page 4 - 17

Equipment/Computer Room:- Lighting with adequate wattage shall be located within the equipment/computer room to fully

illuminate all areas of the room.- Battery operated emergency lights should be mounted. These must operate automatically upon loss

of commercial or generator power.

Control/Operations room:- AC or DC lighting may be used.- The room lighting fixtures should be divided into groups or be fitted with dimmers to adjust for

daylight conditions.- Battery operated emergency lights should be mounted. These must operate automatically upon loss

of commercial or generator power - Under cabinet task lighting should be provided.- Exterior entry door window if present should be either darkly tinted or have a light tint and a blind.- Dazzle and reflection must be minimized at the MR image monitors. (This will falsely effect contrast

and brightness settings)

Magnet/Scan room:- Battery operated emergency lights should be mounted. These must operate automatically upon loss

of commercial or generator power. No flurescent lights are allowed inside the examination room.- The room lighting fixtures should be divided into groups to allow for light level adjustment within the

scan room.

Sound damping 15

It could be necessary to install sound damping materials between the examination room and the operators room and/or between the equipment room and the operators room to achieve local requirements or codes.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 25 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 268: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 26 Mobile specific requirements

Trailer design and construction 15

The following items must be given a high priority during the design and materials selection phase of the project:

Chassis / Coachwork 15

Position / orientation / fixing of the magnet 15

The centre of gravity of the magnet shall act within 20mm of:- The lateral centre of the trailer shielding.- Axial position within the trailer shielding as provided by OMT.

The trailer should be substantially made of non - magnetic materials. Where the trailer contains a significant quantity of magnetic material (axles, suspension locations, items >5kg within 2.5m of the magnet iso-centre etc.) whether for stray field shielding purposes or as structural elements of the trailer, the design must be verified by OMT prior to magnet installation, commercial details of such verification to be agreed on a case by case basis.

Chiller, motors etc. has to be positioned as far as possible away from the magnet to guarantee quality assurance (IQ)

The magnet shall be installed with the axis of the bore tube parallel to the length of the trailer.

Do not use slotted holes or holes with a larger diameter for fixing the magnet.

The magnet shall be bolted securely to the trailer bed using the holes provided in the magnet ‘feet’ for the purpose with bolts or other attachments that prevent movement of the magnet relative to the trailer in any axis (suitable diameter holes must be used, not slotted holes). Suitable vibration tolerant locking devices should be used to maintain tightness throughout the life of the system.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 26 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 269: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 27

Magnet venting 15

Tire 15

Data collection 15

Serviceability 15

Reference to OMT Service Access drawing required.

The magnet shall be vented in accordance with the OMT operator’s manual with the vent line being vented through the side wall of the trailer. The exhaust should be flush with the external surface of the trailer and covered with stainless steel mesh to prevent ingress of ‘foreign bodies’ etc. The mesh density is specified in the OMT magnet operator’s manual

See also: "Quench Tube" on page 9 - 1

All tires fitted to the trailer shall be of radial construction.

Tire pressure (cold) should be within +/- 2 psi (0.14bar) of the pressure specified by the trailer manufacturer for the type of tire fitted.

The mileage completed by the trailer must be accurately recorded by a suit-able device and data made available to OMT in support of any warranty claim or other reasonable circumstance.

Extreme care must be given to the selection of the mounting locations of both the Siemens equipment and trailers support equipment. Free and clear access to all equipment will help to prevent extended downtime situations in the field.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 27 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 270: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 28 Mobile specific requirements

Non-magnetic materials 15

Interior finishing 15

All items chosen for interior finishing must meet the following:- Be readily commercially available.- Depending on where the trailer is operated, all applicable National, Federal, National, State and

Local codes should be complied to.- Be easily cleanable using readily available cleaning agents.- Must not degrade or decompose from exposure to high humidity levels normally present within the

mobile unit.- Must not pose any safety, health or injury related risks to the operators or service personnel.- Anti-static flooring be used inside the equipment room.- Must not produce additional dust particles or lint fibers when cleaned or during transportation and

general use.- Interior color selection must compliment the installed Siemens equipment and be acceptable to the

majority of our customers. In such cases where the supplied standard colors are not acceptable by customers, optional colors should be available.

The dimensions of the surface coils can be found under: "Surface coils" on page 11 - 15

All items which are available in non-magnetic materials should be selected to reduce hazards or potential harm to both personnel and equipment. Particular attention should be paid to screws, nuts, washers and small fasteners as these items can easily be lost into the magnet. Larger magnetic items which must be removed for/during service must be clearly marked as being magnetic.

The trailer should be substantially made of non-magnetic materials. Where the trailer contains a significant quantity of magnetic materials (e.g. axles, suspension locations, items >5kg within 2.5m of the magnet iso-centre etc.) whether for stray field shielding purposes or as structural elements of the trailer.

For storing the system components like surface coils, cushions and patient table accessories a proper storage possibility has to be provided e.g cupboards.

This storage possibility must be equipped with any kind of locking device for preventing the mentioned parts from moving during transport.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 28 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 271: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 29

Host computer/imager dimensions 15

The host computer/Imager might change in size due to upgrades or revolving updates. Therefore it is necessary to prepare the location/position for the host computer/Imager flexible.

Technical details for the host computer/Imager:

Host computer/Imager

size in mm h x w x d 500 x 300 x 600

thermal power loss in W 700

weight in kg 22

max. surrounding temperature

allowedin °C 35

Adequate airflow has to be guaranteed to prevent damages to the computer components.

For installing the Host computer and the Imager computer side by side at the close vicinity of the operators console adequate space has to be provided.

It is the customers choice to define the position of the Imager PC (ether in the equipment room or at the operating console).

Locking devices for the operators console components and the computer equipment has to be provided to prevent them from moving during transport.

For future upgrades/revolving computer components it is recommended to provide for those components (e.g. Host PC) locking devices which can be modified/adapted easily to size changes!

For installing the Host computer and the Imager computer It is the customers Locking devices for the operators console components and the computer equipment has to be provided to prevent them from moving during transport.

It is up to the customer where to put the MRSC (equipment room or operators room).

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 29 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 272: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 30 Mobile specific requirements

Entry doors 15

All entry doors and service entries into the interior of the Mobile MR unit must:- Meet all applicable Federal, National, State and Local codes.- Seal tightly to keep out rain, dirt, road dust and water during washing of the units exterior,

transportation or during general use. Light must not be seen between the door surface and the weather seal when properly closed.

- Have the possibility to fix them open, especially service doors.- Have appropriate handles to operate the doors safely.

If e.g a service door / roof hatch is positioned on the roof top of the trailer there must be the possibility to install / fix hand rails! The hatch should be opened from the inside and servicing performed within the hatch area . Warning signs have to be installed mentioning that the roof must not be entered without adequate safety precautions.

If acces to the hatch is external then safety features (e.g. safety rails, harness fixing points) must be installed.

Check with local safety requirements!

The rear entry door must be suitable to change the gradient coil (e.g. service).

The min. with should be 1000mm, the min. height should be 1600mm.

If steps / ladders are part of the trailer delivery they must be equipped with hand rails.

If ladders are required the fixing point (position) must be identified.

Check with local safety requirements!

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 30 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 273: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 31

Belly "Skirt" compartments 15

All "skirt" compartments must:

• Have interior ceiling mounted lights

• Have door seals which will keep out the following:- Road dirt, dust, generator exhaust and water during transport- Water during trailer washing- Rain, dust and generator exhaust while stationary- Doors with locks that do not freeze-up or jam during winter months- Be able to be kept closed during normal daily operation of the unit- Be heated if the intended use includes water storage, phantom storage or humid mounting location.

This is to prevent freeze damage.

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 31 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 274: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

MA

GN

EP

lanning

15 - 32M

ob

ile specific req

uirem

ents

Mag

net service h

atch15

All m

ob

ile MR

trailer vend

ors m

ust p

rovide a service h

atch in

the ro

of an

d/o

r sid

e wall to

facilitate repairs o

r service to th

e mag

nets co

ld h

ead an

d to

allow

installatio

n o

r removal o

f the m

agn

ets curren

t lead.

Th

e hatch

es mu

st be eq

uip

ped

with

app

rop

riate han

dles to

op

erate the d

oo

rs safely. S

ee also "E

ntry d

oo

rs" on

pag

e 15 - 30.

Fig. 10

s NO

TE

TOM

M

1-010.891.01P

age 32 of 40S

iemens A

G G

uideR

ev. 0907/04

CS

SD

23M

edical Solutions

ide view

Page 275: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 33

Upgrade ability 15

Exterior finish 15

Customer options 15

All mobile MR trailer vendors must keep in mind that the MR system will undergo several upgrades or design changes during the useful life of the trailer. Space should also be available to increase the capacity of the on board water chiller system if needed.

All mobile MR trailers shall be painted base white with a high quality paint or enamel finish. Siemens decals should be present on both side and rear loca-tions. Paint should be applied using the manufacturers recommended methods.

Logos must be agreed locally with the customer.

Space must be available for such customer order able options like a Gurney, Oxygen & Suction, MRSC console, DSC console, NCT system, various laser camera's, etc. These items must also be field install able at a later time with minimal impact to the customers daily operations.

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 33 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 276: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 34 Mobile specific requirements

On site preparations for the use of a Mobile MRI 15

General 15

The mobile unit does require specific site preparations, provided by the user at each desired location. The following information is necessary for the placement of the mobile system at a location. Included in this Planning Guide is structural and electrical information to assist the customer with design requirements. The informations herein are provided to suggest location of the mobile unit and are not for construction purposes.

Construction drawings are the responsibility of the customer and shall comply with all governing codes and regulations, as well as the trailer manufacturer's siting requirements.

Topographic specification 15

Access consideration 15

Access consideration must be given to the tractor, the patient lift, the stairs and the belly compartments, for patient entry, trailer service and helium dewar access to fill the magnet.

Service access 15

• An access way of at least 1 meter in width must be provided along the closed side of the trailer.

• An access way of at least 3,5 meters in width must be provided along the entrance side of the trailer.

• A clear paved space of at least 2 meters must be provided along the rear of the trailer.

• A clear paved space of at least 3 meters must be provided along the front of the trailer.

• A clear ceiling height of 5,2 meter is recommended for service access, if the trailer is to be placed inside a building or under an overhead walkway.

When parked, the MRI unit uses two front hydraulic jacks and two fixed height stands in the rear, for stabilizing purposes or four fixed height stands if a full size pad is available.

The axles must be leveled if the trailer is in its operating position.

If any kind of leveling material is used underneath the trailer supports, the same kind and thickness of this material has to be used underneath the wheels.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 34 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 277: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 35

Controlled area 15

See also: "Controlled access area" on page 8 - 20

If a patient walkway is constructed from a building to the trailer it is recommended that it must be made out of non-ferrous material. The connection to the trailer wall to be made out of a soft material.

Due to the fact that the trailer is executed with magnetic shielding, the 0.5mT line remains within the width of the trailer. Therefore additional safety-provisions outside (sideways) the trailer are not necessary. Nevertheless heavy steel constructions may influence the optimal image quality.

Clearly readable signs and appropriate pictographs have to be posted on the trailer wall at the locations of largest fringe field stating the following (as for content): Warning: Strong Magnetic Field, pacemaker patients keep clear min. 50 cm (20 inches).

While in operation at a clinical site a chain (or other means preventing persons from accidentally coming closer than 50 cm to the “hot” areas) must be installed around the trailer. The truck operator (driver) must be instructed that he must not leave the trailer unattended on a public parking lot for an extended period of time (more than 10 min.).

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 35 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 278: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 36 Mobile specific requirements

Example of the 5- Gauss line (0.5mT) on top of a trailer 15

Fig. 11 5 Gauss line example

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 36 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 279: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 37

Support pad 15

Recommended support pad size

For operational set-up an ordinary flat and horizontal solidly paved parking space is needed. For correct horizontal positioning of the unit the horizontal segment of the parking space (support pad) should be 10 x 3 meters. A total paved area of at least 6 x 20 meters is recommended for tractor access and patient handling.

Support pad strength

The support pad strength varies due to local codes and soil conditions. The pad should be able to carry the following weights:

Support pad levelness and flatness

Position Weight

King-Pin (front) 9 t

Bogey (rear) 19 t

total trailer weight app. 28 t

The support pad must be level and flat to insure proper operation of the mobile MRI unit.

NOTE

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 37 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 280: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 38 Mobile specific requirements

On-site environmental requirements 15

Water requirements

The trailer has a humidification system which contains a water storage tank, located typically in the front side area (technical compartment). This tank must always contain water to ensure a specific humidity level. To fill the on board water tank a hose connection should be provided at the outside of the building in the close vicinity where the trailer will be parked.

Communication service

Provide communication access at the outside of the building in the close vicinity where the trailer will be parked. The trailer unit should be supplied with two double UTP connectors for communication.

Power requirements

The unit is standard executed with a diesel generator for the power supply of the water chiller, cryo-compressor, air-conditioning and ventilation during transport.

For operational use at the hospital site a 480 Volt / 125 Amp. CEE-form female connector is required. The four wire power cable (3P/G; Neutral is not required) should, for safety reasons, be connected to a mains switch. The external power supply and grounding should comply with local codes and regulations, this is not the responsibility of the Mobile manufacturer.

All specifications apply to measurements at the receptacle pins. Line voltage drops from the facility mains to the receptacle must be included in all power calculations; power range to be in +/- 5% of specified Voltage.

NOTE

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 38 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 281: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

Mobile specific requirements 15 - 39

Site checklist 15

This checklist is provided to help you to prepare your site for the mobile unit.

is this done: YES NO

Trailer access route determined

Trailer egress route determined

Tractor access checked

Service access clear around trailer

Vibration/moving metal restrictions

Support pad

Communication lines

Electrical service checked and meets specs

Grounding checked

Mains impedance checked

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 39 of 40 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 282: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

15 - 40 Mobile specific requirements

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 40 of 40 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions

Page 283: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

16 - 1

Changes to previous version 16

"Environment protection" on Page 1 - 5 Note added

"Site requirements for the magnet" on Page 2 - 4 Information for Avanto added

"Effects of the magnetic field on peripheral devices" on Page 2 - 2

Monitor fringe field.

"Co-Siting" on Page 2 - 15 Avanto added

"Minimum technical room sizes" on Page 2 - 37 Tim requirements

"Air currents" on Page 6 - 1 Air exchange rate implemented

"Temperature / Humidity" on Page 6 - 3 Air pressure added

"RF-Room" on Page 8 - 1 Notes added regarding RF door

"Controlled access area" on Page 8 - 20 Note added

"List of RF-room manufacturers" on Page 8 - 22 List modified

"OR-table" on Page 11 - 18 Drawing replaced

Siemens AG M1-010.891.01 Page 1 of 2 MAGNETOMMedical Solutions Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Planning Guide

Page 284: PG MAGNETOM Harmony Symphony Sonata Syngo MR

16 - 2 Changes to previous version

This page intentionally left blank.

MAGNETOM M1-010.891.01 Page 2 of 2 Siemens AGPlanning Guide Rev. 09 07/04 CS SD 23 Medical Solutions